e10vk
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
FORM 10-K
|
|
|
(Mark One)
|
[X]
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
2009
|
[ ]
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
Commission File
No. 000-25826
HARMONIC INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
77-0201147
|
|
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer Identification
Number)
|
549 Baltic Way
Sunnyvale, CA 94089
(408) 542-2500
(Address, including zip code, and
telephone number, including area code, of Registrants
principal executive offices)
Securities registered pursuant to section 12(b) of
the Act:
|
|
|
Title of each class
|
|
Name of each exchange on which registered
|
|
|
Common Stock, par value $.001 per share
|
|
NASDAQ Global Market
|
Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the
Act: Preferred Share Purchase Rights
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act.
Yes [ ] No [ü]
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file
reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
Yes [ ] No [ü]
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes [ü] No [ ]
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted
electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any,
every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted
pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period
that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files).
Yes [ ] No [ ]
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K
is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
of the Registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in
Part III of this
Form 10-K
or any amendment to this
Form 10-K.
Yes [ ] No [ü]
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large
accelerated filer , an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated
filer [ü]
|
|
|
|
Accelerated filer [ ]
|
Non-accelerated filer [ ]
|
|
|
|
Smaller reporting company [ ]
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
|
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company
(as defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act).
Yes [ ] No [ü]
Based on the closing sale price of the Common Stock on the
NASDAQ Global Market on July 3, 2009, the aggregate market
value of the voting Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the
Registrant was $507,375,045. Shares of Common Stock held by each
officer and director and by each person who owns 5% or more of
the outstanding Common Stock have been excluded in that such
persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of
affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination
for other purposes.
The number of shares outstanding of the Registrants Common
Stock, $.001 par value, was 96,531,622 on January 29,
2010.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY
REFERENCE
Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Registrants 2010
Annual Meeting of Stockholders (which will be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of the
end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009) are
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report
on
Form 10-K.
HARMONIC INC.
FORM 10-K
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Forward Looking
Statements
Some of the statements contained in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
are forward-looking statements that involve risk and
uncertainties. The statements contained in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements
within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including, without limitation,
statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions or
strategies regarding the future. In some cases, you can identify
forward-looking statements by terminology such as,
may, will, should,
expects, plans, anticipates,
believes, intends,
estimates, predicts,
potential, or continue or the negative
of these terms or other comparable terminology. These
forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:
|
|
|
|
|
statements regarding new and future products and services;
|
|
|
|
statements regarding our strategic direction, future business
plans and growth strategy;
|
|
|
|
statements regarding anticipated changes in economic conditions
or the financial markets, and the potential impact on our
business, results of operations and financial condition;
|
|
|
|
statements regarding the expected demand for and benefits of our
products and services;
|
|
|
|
statements regarding seasonality of revenue and concentration of
revenue sources;
|
|
|
|
statements regarding the completion of acquisitions and
resulting benefits;
|
|
|
|
statements regarding potential future acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
statements regarding anticipated results of potential or actual
litigation;
|
|
|
|
statements regarding our competitive environment;
|
|
|
|
statements regarding the impact of governmental regulation;
|
|
|
|
statements regarding anticipated revenue and expenses, including
the sources of such revenue and expenses;
|
|
|
|
statements regarding expected impacts of changes in accounting
rules;
|
|
|
|
statements regarding use of cash, cash needs and ability to
raise capital; and
|
|
|
|
statements regarding the condition of our cash investments.
|
These statements are subject to known and unknown risks,
uncertainties and other factors, which may cause our actual
results to differ materially from those implied by the
forward-looking statements. Important factors that may cause
actual results to differ from expectations include those
discussed in Risk Factors beginning on page 16
in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
All forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
are based on information available to us on the date thereof,
and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking
statements. The terms Harmonic, the
Company,
3
we, us, its, and
our as used in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
refer to Harmonic Inc. and its subsidiaries and its predecessors
as a combined entity, except where the context requires
otherwise.
PART I
Item 1.
Business
OVERVIEW
We design, manufacture and sell versatile and high performance
video infrastructure products and system solutions that enable
our customers to efficiently prepare and deliver broadcast and
on-demand services to televisions, personal computers and mobile
devices. Historically, the majority of our sales have been
derived from sales of video processing solutions and network
edge and access systems to cable television operators and from
sales of video processing solutions to
direct-to-home
satellite operators. More recently, we are providing our video
processing solutions to telecommunications companies, or telcos,
broadcasters and on-line media companies that offer video
services. On March 12, 2009, Harmonic acquired Scopus Video
Networks Ltd., a publicly traded company organized under the
laws of Israel. The acquisition of Scopus, whose products are
complementary to those offered by us, is intended to expand our
product lines and customer base, in part by better enabling us
to supply solutions to broadcasters and programmers who deliver
video content to our service provider customers, and in part by
extending our sales and distribution capacity in international
markets.
INDUSTRY
OVERVIEW
Demand for Video
Services
The delivery of television programming and Internet-based
information and communication services to consumers is
converging, driven by changes in consumer lifestyles, advances
in technology and by changes in the regulatory and competitive
environment. Viewers of video increasingly seek a more
personalized and dynamic video experience that can be delivered
to a variety of devices ranging from wide-screen high-definition
televisions, or HDTVs, to mobile devices, including
smart phones. Today, there are a number of
developing trends which impact the broadcasting and television
business and that of our customers who originate and deliver
video programming. These trends include:
On-Demand
Services
The expanding use of digital video recorders and network-based
video on demand, or VOD, services is leading to changes in the
way subscribers watch television programming in the home.
Subscribers are increasingly utilizing time-shifting
and ad-skipping technology. Further advances in
technology are accelerating these trends, with cable, satellite
and telco operators announcing initiatives, often in conjunction
with network broadcasters, to increasingly personalize
subscribers video viewing experience, including the
delivery of programming directly to broadband enabled TV sets
and computers and mobile devices in addition to conventional
television sets.
High-Definition
Television
The increasing popularity of HDTV and home theater equipment is
putting competitive pressure on broadcasters and
pay-TV
providers to offer additional HDTV content and higher quality
video signals for both standard and high definition services,
including initiatives to broadcast in the 1080p standard of HDTV
and, more recently, 3D. At the end of 2009, both the major
4
U.S. direct broadcast satellite, or DBS, operators were
offering hundreds of national and local HD channels to their
subscribers across the country.
The Internet and
Other Video Distribution Methods
Several companies, including Google, Apple, Hulu, and Netflix,
as well as traditional broadcasters such as NBC, now enable
their customers to stream video content to PCs and mobile
devices. Devices that link broadband connections and PCs to the
television set are gaining in popularity. We believe that the
delivery of video over the Internet will continue to change
traditional video viewing habits and distribution methods and
also potentially alter the traditional subscription business
model of the major
pay-TV
service providers.
Mobile
Video
Many telcos and other providers in the U.S. and abroad have
launched both broadcast and on-demand video services to cellular
telephones and other mobile devices. Certain cable operators
have entered into agreements with mobile phone operators that
are likely to lead to further expansion of mobile video services.
These trends are expected to increase the demand from service
providers for sophisticated and versatile digital video
processing systems, which are required to acquire video content
from a variety of sources and deliver it to the subscriber on a
number of different devices in a number of different formats.
The Market
Opportunity
Personalized video services, such as VOD, and the increasing
amounts of high definition content, as well as an expanding
amount of video transmitted over Internet connections, require
more sophisticated video processing capabilities and greater
bandwidth to the home in order to deliver maximum choice and
flexibility to the subscriber. In addition, the delivery of live
television and downloadable content to cellular telephones and
other mobile devices creates bandwidth constraints and network
management challenges. The demand for more bandwidth-intensive
video, voice and data content has strained existing
communications networks, especially where video is received and
processed, and in the last mile of the
communications infrastructure where homes connect to the local
network. The upgrade and extension of existing processing
capabilities and distribution networks or the construction of
completely new environments to facilitate the processing and
delivery of high-speed broadband video, voice and data services
requires substantial expenditure and often the replacement of
significant portions of the existing infrastructure. As a
result, service providers are seeking solutions that maximize
the efficiency of existing available bandwidth and
cost-effectively manage and transport digital traffic within
networks, while minimizing the need to construct new networks
for the distribution of video, voice and data content.
Competition and
Deregulation
Competition for traditional service providers in the cable and
satellite markets has intensified as offerings from
non-traditional providers of video, such as telcos, on-line
media companies and mobile operators, are beginning to attract
customers. The economic success of existing and new service
providers in this increasingly competitive environment will
depend, to a large extent, on their ability to provide a broad
range of offerings that package video, voice and data services
for subscribers. These services all need to be delivered in a
highly reliable manner with easy access to a service
providers network. This increasingly competitive
environment led to higher capital spending by many of the market
participants in 2007 and 2008, in an effort to deploy attractive
packages of services and to capture and retain high
revenue-generating subscribers, although capital spending
declined significantly in 2009 in response to the global
economic slowdown. Similar competitive factors and the
liberalization of regulatory regimes in foreign countries have
led to the establishment abroad of new or expanded cable
5
television networks, the launch of new DBS services and the
entry of telephone companies into the business of providing
video services.
Pay-TV
services have recently seen significant investments in emerging
markets due to deregulation, consolidation of operators, and
growing disposable incomes. Although we expect competition among
our customers to remain vibrant and
pay-TV
services to continue to grow, we anticipate that capital
spending by some of our domestic and international customers may
remain weak in 2010, as a result of difficult global economic
conditions and reduced access to credit.
Our Cable
Market
To address increasing competition and demand for high-speed
broadband services, cable operators have widely introduced
digital video, voice and data services. By offering bundled
packages of broadband services, cable operators seek to obtain a
competitive advantage over telephone companies and DBS providers
and to create additional revenue streams. More recently, cable
operators have been introducing services which enable their
subscribers to access programming for which they are authorized
on computers and mobile devices. These services are intended to
attract and retain subscribers who may otherwise choose to
download and watch video programming from alternative providers
on the Internet. Cable operators have upgraded their facilities
and networks to offer digital video, which enables them to
provide more channels and better picture quality than analog
video, allowing them to better compete against the substantial
penetration of DBS services. These upgrades to digital video
also allow cable operators to offer HDTV and interactive
services, such as VOD, on their digital platforms. Capital
spending on upgrades includes investment in digital video
equipment that can receive, process and distribute content from
a variety of sources in increasingly complex facilities. For
example, VOD services require video storage equipment and
servers, systems to ingest, store and intelligently distribute
increasing amounts of content, complemented by edge devices
capable of routing, multiplexing and modulation for delivering
signals to individual subscribers over a hybrid fiber-coax, or
HFC, network. Many cable operators are now conducting trials of
delivery of similar services to PCs and mobile devices.
Additionally, the provision of HDTV channels requires deployment
of high-definition encoders and significantly more available
bandwidth than the equivalent number of standard definition
channels. In order to provide more bandwidth for such services,
operators are adopting bandwidth optimization techniques such as
switched digital video, new standards such as Data Over Cable
Service Interface Specification, or DOCSIS, 3.0, as well as
making enhancements to their optical networks, including the
segmentation of nodes and the extension of bandwidth from
750 MHz to up to 1 GHz.
Our Satellite
Market
Over 100 satellite operators around the world have established
digital television services that serve millions of subscribers.
These services are capable of providing up to several hundred
channels of high quality standard definition video as well as
increasing numbers of high definition channels. DBS services,
however, operate mostly in a one-way environment. Signals are
transmitted from an uplink center to a satellite and then beamed
to dishes located at subscribers homes. This method is
suited to the delivery of broadcast television, but does not
allow two-way services, such as Internet access or VOD. As cable
operators expand the number of channels offered and introduce
services such as VOD and HDTV, DBS providers are seeking to
protect and expand their subscriber base in a number of ways.
Domestic DBS operators have made local channels available in all
major markets in standard definition format and offer local
channels in high definition in most markets. Continuing advances
in digital video compression technology allow DBS operators to
cost-effectively add these new channels and to further expand
their video entertainment offerings. Certain DBS operators have
also entered into partnerships with, or have acquired, companies
which provide terrestrial broadband services, thereby allowing
them to introduce two-way services such as VOD and high-speed
data which are delivered over the broadband connections. The new
services, particularly HDTV, pose continuing bandwidth
challenges and are expected to require ongoing capital
expenditures for satellite capacity and other infrastructure by
such operators. Like their cable competitors, DBS companies have
made acquisitions or introduced technologies that allow their
subscribers to access certain programming on PCs and mobile
devices.
6
Our Telco
Market
Telcos are also facing increasing competition and demand for
high-speed residential broadband services as well as saturation
of fixed-line and basic mobile services. Consequently, many
telcos around the world have added video services as a
competitive response to cable and satellite operators and as a
potential source of revenue growth. However, the telcos
legacy networks are not well equipped to offer video services.
The bandwidth and distance limitations of the copper-based
last mile present difficulties in providing multiple
video services to widespread geographic areas. Multi-channel
video, especially HDTV, delivered over DSL lines has significant
bandwidth constraints, but the use of video compression
technology at very low bit rates and improvements in DSL
technology have allowed many operators to introduce competitive
video services using the Internet Protocol (IPTV). A few
operators, including Verizon, are building out fiber networks to
homes, enabling the delivery of hundreds of video channels as
well as very high data speed delivery of data. Because of
increases in network capacity and the growing capabilities of
smart phones, like Apples iPhone, many major
telcos around the world now offer a variety of mobile video
services to their subscribers.
Our Terrestrial
Broadcast Markets
In the terrestrial broadcasting market, operators in many
countries are now required by regulation to convert from analog
to digital transmission in order to free up broadcast spectrum.
The conversion to digital transmission often provides the
opportunity to deliver new services, such as HDTV and data
transmission. These broadcasters are faced with similar
requirements to cable and satellite providers in that they need
to convert analog signals to digital signals prior to
transmission over the air and must also effectively manage the
available bandwidth to maximize their revenue streams.
We believe that our acquisition of Scopus allows us to more
effectively address the needs of network broadcasters and other
programmers to transmit live programming of news and sports to
their studios and to subsequently broadcast their content and to
deliver their content to cable, satellite and telco operators
for distribution to their subscribers.
Other
Markets
We have begun to address video processing opportunities with a
variety of video content owners and aggregators, some of whom
distribute video via traditional television channels, others who
distribute video over the Internet, and many who use both
methods of distribution. Our acquisitions of Entone, Rhozet and
Scopus have provided us with products and solutions that allow
us to offer broader solutions and products to this group of
customers, including the ability to process video content into
appropriate formats and the ability to then deliver the content
to distributors, or directly to consumers.
Current Industry
Conditions
The telecommunications and media industries have seen
considerable restructuring and consolidation in recent years.
For example:
|
|
|
|
|
In 2009, Comcast announced its intention to purchase a
controlling interest in NBC Universal.
|
|
|
|
In 2008, Liberty Media acquired a controlling stake in DIRECTV
from News Corp., following the sale of DIRECTV by Hughes to News
Corp. a few years previously.
|
|
|
|
In 2008, EchoStar Communications acquired Sling Media, a
provider of technology allowing subscribers to watch their home
market TV programming in remote locations.
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
In 2007, Time Warner Cable was spun out of Time Warner.
|
|
|
|
In 2007, AT&T acquired Bell South.
|
Regulatory issues, financial concerns and business combinations
among our customers are likely to significantly affect the
industry, capital spending plans, and our business for the
foreseeable future.
The recent global economic slowdown led many of our customers to
reduce capital expenditures for 2009, and we believe that this
slowdown caused certain of our customers to reduce or delay
orders for our products during 2009. Many of our international
customers, particularly those in emerging markets, were exposed
to tight credit markets and depreciating currencies, further
restricting their ability to invest to build out or upgrade
their networks. Although we saw substantially higher orders for
our products in the fourth quarter of 2009 than in any other
quarter of 2009, we expect many of our customers to continue to
expend capital cautiously during 2010.
PRODUCTS
Harmonics products generally fall into two principal
categories: video processing solutions and edge and access
products. We also provide technical support services to our
customers worldwide. Our video processing solutions, which
include network management software and application software
products, provide broadband operators with the ability to
acquire a variety of signals from different sources and in
different protocols in order to deliver a variety of real-time
and stored content to their subscribers. Many of our customers
also use these products to organize, manage and distribute
content in ways that maximizes use of the available bandwidth.
Our edge products enable cable operators to deliver customized
broadcast or narrowcast on-demand and data services to their
subscribers. Our access products, which consist mainly of
optical transmission products, node platforms and return path
products, allow cable operators to deliver video, data and voice
services over their distribution networks.
Video Processing
Products
Broadcast encoders. We offer our Electra and Ion high
performance encoders, which compress video, audio and data
channels to low bit rates while maintaining high video quality.
Our encoders are available in the standard and high definition
formats in both MPEG-2 and the newer MPEG-4 AVC/H.264, or
MPEG-4, video compression standards. The recently introduced
Electra 8000 encoder supports all of these formats on the same
hardware platform. Compliance with these widely adopted
standards enables interoperability with products manufactured by
other companies, such as set-top boxes and conditional access
systems. Most of these encoders are used in real-time
broadcasting applications, but they are also employed in
conjunction with our software in encoding of video content and
storage for later delivery as VOD.
Contribution and distribution encoders. Our Ellipse
encoders provide broadcasters with video compression solutions
for
on-the-spot
news gathering, live sports coverage and other remote events.
These products enable our customers to deliver these feeds to
their studios for further processing. Broadcasters and other
operators, such as teleports, also use these encoders for
delivery of their programming to their customers, typically
cable, telco and DBS operators.
Stream processing and statistical multiplexing solutions.
Our ProStream platform and other stream processing products
offer our customers a variety of capabilities which enable them
to manage and organize digital streams in a format best suited
to their particular delivery requirements and subscriber
offerings. Our multi-function ProStream 1000 addresses
multiplexing, encryption, ad insertion and other advanced
processing requirements of MPEG video streams and can be
integrated with our DiviTrackIP statistical multiplexer which
enhances the bandwidth efficiency of our encoders by allowing
bandwidth to be
8
dynamically allocated according to the complexity of the video
content. DiviTrackIP also enables operators to combine inputs
from different physical locations into a single multiplex.
Content management for multi-screen applications. Our
MediaPrism solution provides operators with a suite of
integrated content preparation tools to create high-quality
on-demand content for a variety of applications. MediaPrism
incorporates a number of Harmonic hardware and software
elements, including CLEARCut storage encoding, our CarbonCoder
software-based transcoding solutions that facilitate the
creation of multi-format video for Internet, mobile and
broadcast applications, and our ProStream 4000 multi-screen
real-time transcoder. Our ProStream 8000 solution allows
operators to present on-screen mosaics with several channels
tiled within a single video stream. Our Armada and Streamliner
products enable the intelligent management of an operators
video-on-demand
assets and the distribution of these assets to subscribers.
Decoders and descramblers. We provide our ProView
integrated receivers-decoders to allow service providers to
acquire content delivered from satellite and terrestrial
broadcasters for distribution to their subscribers. These
products are available in both standard and high definition
formats. The ProStream 1000 can also be used as a bulk
descrambler to enable operators to deliver up to 128 channels of
video and efficiently descramble the content at small or remote
headends.
Management and control software. Our NMX Digital Service
Manager gives service providers the ability to control and
visually monitor their digital video infrastructure at an
aggregate level, rather than as just discrete pieces of
hardware, thereby reducing their operational costs. Our NETWatch
management system operates in broadband networks to capture
measurement data and our software enables the broadband service
operator to monitor and control the HFC transmission network
from a master headend or remote locations. Our NMX Digital
Service Manager and NETWatch software is designed to be
integrated into larger network management systems through the
use of simple network management protocol, or SNMP.
Edge and Access
Products
Edge products. Our Narrowcast Services Gateway family, or
NSG, is a fully integrated edge gateway, which integrates
routing, multiplexing and modulation into a single package for
the delivery of narrowcast services to subscribers over cable
networks. The NSG is usually supplied with Gigabit Ethernet
inputs, allowing the cable operator to use bandwidth efficiently
by delivering IP signals from the headend to the edge of the
network for subsequent modulation onto the HFC network.
Originally developed for VOD applications, our most recent NSG
product, the high-density, multi-function NSG 9000, may also be
used in switched digital video and modular Cable Modem
Termination Systems, or M-CMTS, applications as well as
large-scale VOD deployments.
Optical transmitters and amplifiers. Our family of
optical transmitters and amplifiers operates at various optical
wavelengths and serves both long-haul and local transport
applications in the cable distribution network. The PWRLink
series provides optical transmission primarily at a headend or
hub for local distribution to optical nodes and for
narrowcasting, which is the transmission of programming to a
select set of subscribers. Our METROLink Dense Wave
Division Multiplexing, or DWDM, system allows operators to
expand the capacity of a single strand of fiber and also to
provide narrowcast services directly from the headend to nodes.
We recently introduced SupraLink, a transmitter which allows
deeper deployment of optical nodes in the network and minimizes
the significant capital and labor expense associated with
deploying additional optical fiber.
Optical nodes and return path equipment. Our family of
PWRBlazer optical nodes supports network architectures which
meet the varying demands for bandwidth delivered to a service
area. By the addition of modules providing functions such as
return path transmission and DWDM, our configurable nodes are
easily segmented to handle increasing two-way traffic over a
fiber network without major reconstruction or replacement of our
customers networks. Our return path transmitters support
two-way transmission capabilities by sending video, voice and
data signals from the optical node back to the headend. These
transmitters are available for either analog or digital
transport.
9
Technical and
support services
We provide consulting, implementation and integration services
to our customers worldwide. We draw upon our expertise in
broadcast television, communications networking and compression
technology to design, integrate and install complete solutions
for our customers, including integration with third-party
products and services. We offer a broad range of services and
support including program management, budget analysis, technical
design and planning, parts inventory management, building and
site preparation, integration and equipment installation,
end-to-end
system testing, and comprehensive training. We also provide
maintenance and support services to most of our customers under
service level agreements which are generally renewed on an
annual basis.
CUSTOMERS
We sell our products to a variety of broadband communications
companies. Set forth below is a representative list of our
significant end user and integrator/distributor customers based
on net sales during 2009.
|
|
|
United
States
|
|
International
|
|
Cablevision Systems
|
|
Acetel
|
Charter Communications
|
|
Bell ExpressVu
|
Comcast
|
|
Capella Communications
|
Cox Communications
|
|
Impeq Technologies
|
DIRECTV
|
|
PUH Klonex
|
EchoStar
|
|
Nokia Siemens Networks
|
Insight Communications
|
|
Sky Perfect JSAT
|
MegaHertz
|
|
Star Software Technology
|
Time Warner Cable
|
|
Virgin Media
|
Historically, a majority of our sales have been to relatively
few customers, and due in part to the consolidation of ownership
in the
pay-TV
service provider industry, we expect this customer concentration
to continue in the foreseeable future. Sales to our ten largest
customers in 2009, 2008 and 2007 accounted for approximately
47%, 58% and 53% of net sales, respectively. In 2009, sales to
Comcast accounted for 16% of net sales. In 2008, sales to
Comcast and EchoStar accounted for 20% and 12% of net sales,
respectively. In 2007, sales to Comcast and EchoStar accounted
for 16% and 12% of net sales, respectively.
Sales to customers outside of the U.S. in 2009, 2008 and
2007 represented 49%, 44%, and 44% of net sales, respectively.
We expect international sales to continue to account for a
substantial portion of our net sales for the foreseeable future.
In part because of the acquisition of Scopus, our international
sales have increased in 2009 as a proportion of net sales.
International sales are subject to a number of risks, including
changes in foreign government regulations and telecommunications
standards, import and export license requirements, tariffs,
taxes and other trade barriers, fluctuations in foreign currency
exchange rates, difficulty in collecting accounts receivable,
difficulty in staffing and managing foreign operations, managing
distributor relations and political and economic instability.
Also, additional international markets may not develop and we
may not receive future orders to supply our products in
international markets at rates equal to or greater than those
experienced in recent periods.
SALES AND
MARKETING
In the U.S. we sell our products principally through our
own direct sales force which is organized geographically and by
major customers and markets to support customer requirements. We
sell to international customers through our own direct sales
force as well as through independent distributors and
integrators. Our principal sales offices outside of the
U.S. are located in Europe and Asia, and we have recently
established an international support center in Switzerland to
support our international
10
customers. International distributors are generally responsible
for importing our products and providing certain installation,
technical support and other services to customers in their
territory. Our direct sales force and distributors are supported
by a highly trained technical staff, which includes application
engineers who work closely with operators to develop technical
proposals and design systems to optimize system performance and
economic benefits to operators. Technical support provides a
customized set of services, as required, for ongoing
maintenance,
support-on-demand
and training for our customers and distributors both in our
facilities and
on-site.
Our marketing organization develops strategies for product lines
and market segments and, in conjunction with our sales force,
identifies the evolving technical and application needs of
customers so that our product development resources can be most
effectively and efficiently deployed to meet anticipated product
requirements. Our marketing organization is also responsible for
setting price levels, demand forecasting and general support of
the sales force, particularly at major accounts. We have many
programs in place to heighten industry awareness of our
products, including participation in technical conferences,
publication of articles in industry journals and exhibitions at
trade shows.
MANUFACTURING AND
SUPPLIERS
We use third party contract manufacturers extensively to
assemble full turnkey products and a substantial majority of
subassemblies and modules for our products. Our increasing
reliance on subcontractors involves several risks, and we may
not be able to obtain an adequate supply of components,
subassemblies, modules and turnkey systems on a timely basis. In
2003, we entered into an agreement with Plexus Services Corp. as
our primary contract manufacturer, and Plexus currently provides
us with a substantial portion of the products we purchase from
our contract manufacturers. This agreement has automatic annual
renewals unless prior notice is given and has been renewed until
October 2010.
Our manufacturing operations consist primarily of final assembly
and testing of fiber optic systems. These processes are
performed by highly trained personnel employing technologically
advanced electronic equipment and proprietary test programs. The
manufacturing of our products and subassemblies is a complex
process and we cannot be sure that we will not experience
production problems or manufacturing delays in the future.
Because we utilize our own manufacturing facilities for the
final assembly and test of our fiber optic systems, and because
such manufacturing capabilities are not readily available from
third parties, any interruption in our manufacturing operations
could materially and adversely affect our business, operating
results, financial position or cash flows.
As a result of the acquisition of Scopus, we now own
Scopus manufacturing operations in Israel. Previously,
Scopus assembled and tested most of its products at this
facility, from components and
sub-assemblies
manufactured by local and international suppliers. Since October
2009, most of the products previously manufactured by Scopus
have been outsourced to a third party manufacturer located in
Israel. Our ability to improve production efficiency with
respect to Scopus business may be limited by the terms of
research grants that Scopus received from the Office of the
Chief Scientist, or OCS, an arm of the Israeli government. These
grants restrict the transfer outside of Israel of intellectual
property developed with funding from the OCS, and also limit the
manufacturing outside of Israel of products containing such
intellectual property. In addition, OCS also generally requires
royalty payments with respect to products developed with OCS
grants.
Many components, subassemblies and modules necessary for the
manufacture or integration of our products are obtained from a
sole supplier or a limited group of suppliers. For example, we
are dependent on a small private company for certain video
encoding chips which are incorporated into several new products.
Our reliance on sole or limited suppliers, particularly foreign
suppliers, involves several risks, including a potential
inability to obtain an adequate supply of required components,
subassemblies or modules and reduced control over pricing,
quality and timely delivery of components, subassemblies or
modules. In particular, certain components have in the past been
in short supply and are available only from a small number of
suppliers, or from sole source suppliers. While we expend
considerable efforts to qualify additional component sources,
consolidation of suppliers in the industry and the small number
of viable alternatives have limited the results of these
efforts.
11
We do not generally maintain long-term agreements with any of
our suppliers, although the agreement with Plexus was for an
initial term of three years and has been renewed until October
2010. Managing our supplier relationships is particularly
difficult during time periods in which we introduce new products
and during time periods in which demand for our products is
increasing, especially if demand increases more quickly than we
expect. An inability to obtain adequate deliveries or any other
circumstance that would require us to seek alternative sources
of supply could affect our ability to ship our products on a
timely basis, which could damage relationships with current and
prospective customers and harm our business. We attempt to limit
this risk by maintaining safety stocks of certain components,
subassemblies and modules. As a result of this investment in
inventories, we have in the past and in the future may be
subject to risk of excess and obsolete inventories, which could
harm our business, operating results, financial position or cash
flows.
INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY
We currently hold 44 issued U.S. patents and 18 issued
foreign patents and have a number of patent applications
pending. Although we attempt to protect our intellectual
property rights through patents, trademarks, copyrights,
licensing arrangements, maintaining certain technology as trade
secrets and other measures, we cannot assure you that any
patent, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property
rights owned by us will not be invalidated, circumvented or
challenged, that such intellectual property rights will provide
competitive advantages to us or that any of our pending or
future patent applications will be issued with the scope of the
claims sought by us, if at all. We cannot assure you that others
will not develop technologies that are similar or superior to
our technology, duplicate our technology or design around the
patents that we own. In addition, effective patent, copyright
and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in
certain foreign countries in which we do business or may do
business in the future.
We believe that patents and patent applications are not
currently significant to our business, and investors therefore
should not rely on our patent portfolio to give us a competitive
advantage over others in our industry. We believe that the
future success of our business will depend on our ability to
translate the technological expertise and innovation of our
personnel into new and enhanced products. We generally enter
into confidentiality or license agreements with our employees,
consultants, vendors and customers as needed, and generally
limit access to and distribution of our proprietary information.
Nevertheless, we cannot assure you that the steps taken by us
will prevent misappropriation of our technology. In addition, we
have taken in the past, and may take in the future, legal action
to enforce our patents and other intellectual property rights,
to protect our trade secrets, to determine the validity and
scope of the proprietary rights of others, or to defend against
claims of infringement or invalidity. Such litigation could
result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could
negatively affect our business, operating results, financial
position or cash flows.
In order to successfully develop and market our products, we may
be required to enter into technology development or licensing
agreements with third parties. Although many companies are often
willing to enter into such technology development or licensing
agreements, we cannot assure you that such agreements will be
negotiated on terms acceptable to us, or at all. The failure to
enter into technology development or licensing agreements, when
necessary, could limit our ability to develop and market new
products and could cause our business to suffer.
Harmonics industry is characterized by the existence of a
large number of patents and frequent claims and related
litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property
rights. In particular, leading companies in the
telecommunications industry as well as an increasing number of
companies whose principal business is the ownership and
exploitation of patents, have extensive patent portfolios. From
time to time, third parties, including certain of these
companies, have asserted and may assert exclusive patent,
copyright, trademark and other intellectual property rights
against us or our customers. There can be no assurance that we
will be able to defend against any claims that we are infringing
upon their intellectual property rights, or that the terms of
any license offered by any person asserting such rights would be
acceptable to us or our customers or that failure to obtain a
license or the costs associated with any license would not cause
our business, operating results, financial position or cash
flows to be materially adversely affected.
12
BACKLOG
We schedule production of our products and solutions based upon
our backlog, open contracts, informal commitments from customers
and sales projections. Our backlog consists of firm purchase
orders by customers for delivery within the next twelve months
as well as deferred revenue which is expected to be recognized
within the next twelve months. At December 31, 2009,
backlog, including deferred revenue, was $85.7 million,
compared to $74.0 million at December 31, 2008. The
increase in backlog at December 31, 2009 from
December 31, 2008 was due in part to an increase in orders
received where product shipment had not been made and the timing
of the completion of projects or acceptance of products. We
believe that the global economic slowdown caused certain
customers to reduce or delay capital spending plans in 2009 and
that these conditions could persist well into 2010. Anticipated
orders from customers may fail to materialize and delivery
schedules may be deferred or canceled for a number of reasons,
including reductions in capital spending by cable, satellite and
other operators or changes in specific customer requirements. In
addition, due to weather-related seasonal factors and annual
capital spending budget cycles at many major end users, our
backlog at December 31, 2009, or any other date, is not
necessarily indicative of actual sales for any succeeding period.
COMPETITION
The markets for digital video systems and edge and access
systems are extremely competitive and have been characterized by
rapid technological change and declining average selling prices.
The principal competitive factors in these markets include
product performance, reliability, price, breadth of product
offerings, network management capabilities, sales and
distribution capabilities, technical support and service, and
relationships with network operators. We believe that we compete
favorably in each of these categories. Harmonics
competitors in digital video solutions include vertically
integrated system suppliers, such as Motorola, Cisco Systems,
Ericsson and Technicolor, and in certain product lines, a number
of smaller companies. In edge devices and fiber optic access
products, competitors include corporations such as Motorola,
Cisco Systems and Arris.
Consolidation in the industry has led to the acquisition of
competitor companies such as Scientific-Atlanta, Tandberg
Television and C-Cor by larger companies, such as Cisco Systems,
Ericsson and Arris, respectively. Consequently, most of our
principal competitors are substantially larger and have greater
financial, technical, marketing and other resources than
Harmonic. Many of these larger organizations are in a better
position to withstand any significant reduction in capital
spending by customers in these markets and are often more
capable of engaging in price-based competition for sales of
products. They often have broader product lines and market
focus, and, therefore will not be as susceptible to downturns in
a particular market. In addition, many of our competitors have
been in operation longer than we have and have more
long-standing and established relationships with domestic and
foreign customers. We may not be able to compete successfully in
the future and competition may harm our business, operating
results, financial position or cash flows.
If any of our competitors products or technologies were to
become the industry standard, our business could be seriously
harmed. In addition, companies that have historically not had a
large presence in the broadband communications equipment market
have expanded their market presence through mergers and
acquisitions. Further, our competitors may bundle their products
or incorporate functionality into existing products in a manner
that discourages users from purchasing our products or which may
require us to lower our selling prices, which could adversely
affect our net sales and result in lower gross margins.
RESEARCH AND
DEVELOPMENT
We have historically devoted a significant amount of our
resources to research and development. Research and development
expenses in 2009, 2008 and 2007 were $61.4 million,
$54.5 million and $42.9 million, respectively. Our
principal research and development activities are conducted in
California, Israel and Hong Kong.
13
Our research and development program is primarily focused on
developing new products and systems, and adding new features to
existing products and systems. Our development strategy is to
identify features, products and systems in both software and
hardware solutions that are, or expected to be, needed by, or
desirable to, our customers. Our current research and
development efforts are focused heavily on enhanced video
compression and we also devote significant resources to stream
processing solutions and stream management software. Other
research and development efforts are devoted to edge devices for
VOD, switched broadcast and M-CMTS, and broadband optical
products that enable the transmission of video over fiber optic
networks.
Our success in designing, developing, manufacturing and selling
new or enhanced products will depend on a variety of factors,
including the identification of market demand for new products,
product selection, timely implementation of product design and
development, product performance, effective manufacturing and
assembly processes and sales and marketing. Because of the
complexity inherent in such research and development efforts, we
cannot assure you that we will successfully develop new
products, or that new products developed by us will achieve
market acceptance. Our failure to successfully develop and
introduce new products could harm our business and operating
results.
EMPLOYEES
As of December 31, 2009, we employed a total of
840 people, including 324 in research and development, 281
in sales, service and marketing, 125 in manufacturing operations
and 110 in a general and administrative capacity. There were
460 employees in the U.S. and 380 employees in
foreign countries located in the Middle East, Europe and Asia.
We also employ a number of temporary employees and consultants
on a contract basis. None of our employees is represented by a
labor union with respect to his or her employment by Harmonic.
We have not experienced any work stoppages and we consider our
relations with our employees to be good. Our future success will
depend, in part, upon our ability to attract and retain
qualified personnel. Competition for qualified personnel in the
broadband communications industry and in the geographic areas
where our primary operations are located remains strong, and we
cannot assure you that we will be successful in retaining our
key employees or that we will be able to attract skilled
personnel in the future.
EXECUTIVE
OFFICERS OF REGISTRANT
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the
executive officers of Harmonic and their ages as of
February 1, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
Patrick J. Harshman
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
President & Chief Executive Officer
|
Robin N. Dickson
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
Matthew Aden
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
Vice President, Worldwide Sales
|
Nimrod Ben-Natan
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
Vice President, Solutions and Strategy
|
Charles J. Bonasera
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
Vice President, Operations
|
Neven Haltmayer
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Vice President, Research and Development
|
Patrick J. Harshman joined Harmonic in 1993 and was
appointed President and Chief Executive Officer in May 2006. In
December 2005, he was appointed Executive Vice President
responsible for the majority of our operational functions,
including the unified digital video and broadband optical
networking divisions as well as global marketing. Prior to the
consolidation of our product divisions, Dr. Harshman held
the position of President of the Convergent Systems division
and, prior to that, for more than four years, was President of
the Broadband Access Networks Division. Dr. Harshman has
also previously held key leadership positions in marketing,
international sales, and research and development.
Dr. Harshman earned a Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering from
the University of California, Berkeley and completed an
Executive Management Program at Stanford University.
14
Robin N. Dickson joined Harmonic in 1992 as Chief
Financial Officer. From 1989 to March 1992, Mr. Dickson was
Corporate Controller of Vitelic Corporation, a semiconductor
manufacturer. From 1976 to 1989, Mr. Dickson held various
positions at Raychem Corporation, a materials science company,
including regional financial officer of the Asia-Pacific
Division of the International Group. Mr. Dickson holds a
Bachelor of Laws from the University of Edinburgh and is a
member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland.
Mr. Dickson recently announced his intention to retire from
Harmonic during 2010 and is expected to continue in his current
position until his replacement is hired and an appropriate
transition period has elapsed.
Matthew Aden joined Harmonic in October 2007 as Vice
President, Worldwide Sales and Service. Mr. Aden was
previously Vice President of Worldwide Sales and Customer
Operations at Terayon Communications, a manufacturer of
broadband systems, from July 2005 to July 2007. Prior to
Terayon, Mr. Aden was at Motorola/General Instrument from
1984 until July 2005 and held a variety of positions in
executive sales management. Mr. Aden holds a
Bachelors degree in Business Administration from the
University of Nebraska.
Nimrod Ben-Natan joined Harmonic in 1997 and was
appointed Vice President of Product Marketing, Solutions and
Strategy in 2007. Mr. Ben-Natan initially joined us as a
software engineer to design and develop our first-generation
video transmission platform, and in 2000, transitioned to
product marketing, solutions and strategy to develop the digital
video cable segment. From 1993 to 1997, Mr. Ben-Natan was
employed at Orckit Communications Ltd., a digital subscriber
line developer. Previously, Mr. Ben-Natan worked on
wireless communications systems while he was with the Israeli
Defense Signal Corps. Mr. Ben-Natan holds a Bachelors
degree in Computer Science from Tel Aviv University.
Charles J. Bonasera joined Harmonic in November 2006 as
Vice President, Operations. From 2005 to 2006, Mr. Bonasera
was Senior Director-Global Sourcing at Solectron Corporation, a
global provider of electronics manufacturing services and supply
chain solutions. From 1999 to 2005, Mr. Bonasera held
various key positions in outsourcing strategies, commodity
management, supply management and supply chain development at
Sun Microsystems, Inc.
Neven Haltmayer joined Harmonic in December 2002 and was
appointed Vice President, Research and Development in November
2005. Prior to November 2005, Mr. Haltmayer was Director of
Engineering of Compression Systems and managed the development
of Harmonics MPEG-2 and MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 encoder and
DiviCom Electra product lines. Between 2001 and 2002,
Mr. Haltmayer held various key positions including Vice
President of Engineering and was responsible for system
integration and development of set top box middleware and
interactive applications while at Canal Plus Technologies.
Mr. Haltmayer holds a Bachelors degree in Electrical
Engineering from the University of Zagreb, Croatia.
ABOUT
HARMONIC
Harmonic was initially incorporated in California in June 1988
and reincorporated into Delaware in May 1995.
On July 31, 2007, we completed the acquisition of Rhozet
Corporation. Rhozet develops and markets software-based
transcoding solutions that facilitate the creation of
multi-format video for Internet, mobile and broadcast
applications. With Rhozets products, and sometimes in
conjunction with other Harmonic products, Harmonics
existing broadcast, cable, satellite and telco customers can
deliver traditional video programming over the Internet and to
mobile devices, as well as expand the types of content delivered
via their traditional networks to encompass web-based and
user-generated content. The acquisition also opens up new
customer opportunities for Harmonic with Rhozets customer
base of broadcast content creators and online video service
providers and is complementary to Harmonics VOD networking
software business acquired in December 2006 from Entone
Technologies Inc.
On March 12, 2009, we completed the acquisition of Scopus
Video Networks, Ltd., a publicly traded company organized under
the laws of Israel. Under the terms of the Agreement and Plan of
Merger, Harmonic paid $5.62 per share in cash for all of the
15
outstanding ordinary shares of Scopus, which represented an
enterprise value of approximately $63 million, net of
Scopus cash and short-term investments. The acquisition of
Scopus is intended to strengthen Harmonics position in
international video broadcast and contribution and distribution
markets. Scopus provides complementary video processing
technology, expanded research and development capability and
additional sales and distribution channels, particularly in
emerging markets.
Our principal executive offices are located at 549 Baltic Way,
Sunnyvale, California 94089. Our telephone number is
(408) 542-2500.
Available
Information
Harmonic makes available free of charge on the Harmonic website
the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q,
Current Reports on
Form 8-K,
and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as
reasonably practicable after Harmonic files such material with,
or furnishes such material to, the Securities and Exchange
Commission. The address of the Harmonic website is
http://www.harmonicinc.com.
Item 1A.
Risk Factors
We depend on cable, satellite and telecom industry capital
spending for a substantial portion of our revenue and any
decrease or delay in capital spending in these industries would
negatively impact our operating results and financial condition
or cash flows.
A significant portion of our sales have been derived from sales
to cable television, satellite and telecommunications operators,
and we expect these sales to constitute a significant portion of
net sales for the foreseeable future. Demand for our products
will depend on the magnitude and timing of capital spending by
cable television operators, satellite operators,
telecommunications companies and broadcasters for constructing
and upgrading their systems.
These capital spending patterns are dependent on a variety of
factors, including:
|
|
|
|
|
access to financing;
|
|
|
|
annual budget cycles;
|
|
|
|
the impact of industry consolidation;
|
|
|
|
the status of federal, local and foreign government regulation
of telecommunications and television broadcasting;
|
|
|
|
overall demand for communication services and consumer
acceptance of new video and data services;
|
|
|
|
evolving industry standards and network architectures;
|
|
|
|
competitive pressures, including pricing pressures;
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
discretionary customer spending patterns; and
|
|
|
|
general economic conditions.
|
In the past, specific factors contributing to reduced capital
spending have included:
|
|
|
|
|
uncertainty related to development of digital video industry
standards;
|
|
|
|
delays associated with the evaluation of new services, new
standards and system architectures by many operators;
|
|
|
|
emphasis on generating revenue from existing customers by
operators instead of new construction or network upgrades;
|
|
|
|
a reduction in the amount of capital available to finance
projects of our customers and potential customers;
|
|
|
|
proposed and completed business combinations and divestitures by
our customers and regulatory review thereof;
|
|
|
|
weak or uncertain economic and financial conditions in domestic
and international markets; and
|
|
|
|
bankruptcies and financial restructuring of major customers.
|
The financial difficulties of certain of our customers and
changes in our customers deployment plans adversely
affected our business in the past. Recently, economic conditions
in the countries in which we operate and sell products have been
very weak, and global economic conditions and financial markets
have experienced a severe downturn stemming from a multitude of
factors, including adverse credit conditions, slower economic
activity, concerns about inflation and deflation, rapid changes
in foreign exchange rates, increased energy costs, decreased
consumer confidence, reduced corporate profits and capital
spending, adverse business conditions and liquidity concerns and
other factors. Economic growth in the U.S. and in many
other countries has slowed significantly or receded recently,
and economic growth is expected by many to remain sluggish
during 2010. The severity or length of time that these adverse
economic and financial market conditions may persist is unknown.
During challenging economic times, and in tight credit markets,
many customers may delay or reduce capital expenditures, which
in turn often results in lower demand for our products.
Further, we have a number of customers internationally to whom
sales are denominated in U.S. dollars. Over the past two
years, the value of the U.S. dollar has fluctuated
significantly against many foreign currencies, which includes
the local currencies of many of our international customers. If
the U.S. dollar appreciates relative to the local
currencies of our customers, then the price of our products
correspondingly increases for such customers. These factors
could result in reductions in sales of our products, longer
sales cycles, difficulties in collection of accounts receivable,
slower adoption of new technologies and increased price
competition. If the U.S. dollar would weaken against many
major currencies, there is no assurance that a weaker dollar
will lead to growth in our sales. Financial difficulties among
our customers could adversely affect our operating results and
financial condition.
In addition, industry consolidation has in the past constrained,
and may in the future constrain capital spending among our
customers. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will
maintain or increase our net sales in the future. Also, if our
product portfolio and product development plans do not position
us well to capture an increased portion of the capital spending
of U.S. cable operators and other major customers, our
revenue may decline and our operating results would be adversely
affected.
17
Our customer base is concentrated and the loss of one or
more of our key customers, or a failure to diversify our
customer base, could harm our business.
Historically, a majority of our sales have been to relatively
few customers, and due in part to the consolidation of ownership
of cable television and direct broadcast satellite systems, we
expect this customer concentration to continue in the
foreseeable future. Sales to our ten largest customers in 2009,
2008 and 2007 accounted for approximately 47%, 58% and 53% of
net sales, respectively. Although we are attempting to broaden
our customer base by penetrating new markets, such as the
telecommunications and broadcast markets, and to further expand
internationally, we expect to see continuing industry
consolidation and customer concentration due in part to the
significant capital costs of constructing broadband networks.
For example, Comcast acquired AT&T Broadband in 2002,
thereby creating the largest U.S. cable operator, reaching
approximately 24 million subscribers. The sale of Adelphia
Communications cable systems to Comcast and Time Warner
Cable has led to further industry consolidation. NTL and
Telewest, the two largest cable operators in the UK, completed
their merger in 2006. In the DBS market, The News Corporation
Ltd. acquired an indirect controlling interest in Hughes
Electronics, the parent company of DIRECTV, in 2003, and News
Corporation subsequently sold its interest in DIRECTV to Liberty
Media in February 2008. In the telco market, AT&T completed
its acquisition of Bell South in December 2006.
In the fiscal year 2009, sales to Comcast accounted for 16% of
our net sales. In the fiscal year 2008, sales to Comcast and
EchoStar accounted for 20% and 12%, respectively, of our net
sales. The loss of Comcast, EchoStar or any other significant
customer or any reduction in orders by Comcast, EchoStar or any
significant customer, or our failure to qualify our products
with a significant customer could adversely affect our business,
operating results and liquidity. The loss of, or any reduction
in orders from, a significant customer would harm our business
if we were not able to offset any such loss or reduction with
increased orders from other customers.
In addition, historically, we have been dependent upon capital
spending in the cable and satellite industry. We are attempting
to diversify our customer base beyond cable and satellite
customers, including the telco market. Several major telcos have
rebuilt or are upgrading their networks to offer bundled video,
voice and data services. In order to be successful in this
market, we may need to continue to build alliances with telco
equipment manufacturers, adapt our products for telco
applications, take orders at prices resulting in lower margins,
and build internal expertise to handle the particular
contractual and technical demands of the telco industry. In
addition, telco video deployments, including recent trials of
mobile video services, are subject to delays in completion, as
video processing technologies and video business models are
relatively new to most telcos and many of their largest
suppliers. Implementation issues with our products or those of
other vendors have caused, and may continue to cause, delays in
project completion for our customers and delay the recognition
of revenue by Harmonic. Further, during challenging economic
times, and in tight credit markets, many customers, including
telcos, may delay or reduce capital expenditures. This could
result in reductions in sales of our products, longer sales
cycles, difficulties in collection of accounts receivable,
slower adoption of new technologies and increased price
competition. As a result of these and other factors, we cannot
assure you that we will be able to increase our revenues from
telco customers and other markets, or that we can do so
profitably, and any failure to increase revenues and profits
from these customers could adversely affect our business.
Our operating results are likely to fluctuate
significantly and may fail to meet or exceed the expectations of
securities analysts or investors, causing our stock price to
decline.
Our operating results have fluctuated in the past and are likely
to continue to fluctuate in the future, on an annual and a
quarterly basis, as a result of several factors, many of which
are outside of our control. Some of the factors that may cause
these fluctuations include:
|
|
|
|
|
the level and timing of capital spending of our customers, both
in the U.S. and in foreign markets;
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
access to financing, including credit, for capital spending by
our customers;
|
|
|
|
economic and financial conditions specific to the cable,
satellite and telco industries;
|
|
|
|
changes in market demand;
|
|
|
|
the timing and amount of orders, especially from significant
customers;
|
|
|
|
the timing of revenue recognition from solution contracts, which
may span several quarters;
|
|
|
|
the timing of revenue recognition on sales arrangements, which
may include multiple deliverables;
|
|
|
|
the timing of completion of projects;
|
|
|
|
competitive market conditions, including pricing actions by our
competitors;
|
|
|
|
seasonality, with fewer construction and upgrade projects
typically occurring in winter months and otherwise being
affected by inclement weather;
|
|
|
|
our unpredictable sales cycles;
|
|
|
|
the level and mix of international sales;
|
|
|
|
the amount and timing of sales to telcos, which are particularly
difficult to predict;
|
|
|
|
new product introductions by our competitors or by us;
|
|
|
|
our development of custom products and software;
|
|
|
|
changes in domestic and international regulatory environments;
|
|
|
|
market acceptance of new or existing products;
|
|
|
|
the evaluation of new services, new standards and system
architectures by many operators;
|
|
|
|
the cost and availability of components, subassemblies and
modules;
|
|
|
|
the mix of our customer base and sales channels;
|
|
|
|
the mix of products sold and the effect it has on gross margins;
|
|
|
|
changes in our operating expenses and extraordinary expenses;
|
|
|
|
impairment of goodwill and intangibles;
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
the outcome of litigation;
|
|
|
|
write-downs of inventory and investments;
|
|
|
|
the impact of applicable accounting guidance that requires us to
record the fair value of stock options, restricted stock units
and employee stock purchase plan awards as compensation expense;
|
|
|
|
changes in our tax rate, including as a result of changes in our
valuation allowance against certain of our deferred tax assets,
and changes in state tax laws including apportionment, as a
result of proposed amended tax rules related to the deferral of
foreign earnings;
|
|
|
|
the impact of applicable accounting guidance on accounting for
uncertainty in income taxes that requires us to establish
reserves for uncertain tax positions and accrue potential tax
penalties and interest;
|
|
|
|
the impact of applicable accounting guidance on business
combinations that requires us to record charges for certain
acquisition related costs and expenses instead of capitalizing
these costs, and generally to expense restructuring costs
associated with a business combination subsequent to the
acquisition date; and
|
|
|
|
general economic conditions.
|
The timing of deployment of our equipment can be subject to a
number of other risks, including the availability of skilled
engineering and technical personnel, the availability of other
equipment such as compatible set top boxes, our customers
ability to negotiate and enter into rights agreements with video
content owners that provide the customers with the right to
deliver certain video content, and our customers need for
local franchise and licensing approvals.
In addition, we often recognize a substantial portion, or
majority, of our revenues in the last month of the quarter. We
establish our expenditure levels for product development and
other operating expenses based on projected sales levels, and
expenses are relatively fixed in the short term. Accordingly,
variations in timing of sales can cause significant fluctuations
in operating results. As a result of these factors, or other
factors, our operating results in one or more future periods may
fail to meet or exceed the expectations of securities analysts
or investors. In that event, the trading price of our common
stock would likely decline.
The markets in which we operate are intensely
competitive.
The markets for digital video systems are extremely competitive
and have been characterized by rapid technological change and
declining average selling prices. Pressure on average selling
prices was particularly severe during previous economic
downturns as equipment suppliers competed aggressively for
customers reduced capital spending, and we have
experienced similar pressure during the current economic
slowdown. Our competitors for edge and access products include
corporations such as Cisco Systems, Motorola and Arris. In our
video processing products, we compete broadly with products from
vertically integrated system suppliers including Motorola, Cisco
Systems, Technicolor and Ericsson and, in certain product lines,
with a number of smaller companies.
Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have
greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than
us. Many of these large organizations are in a better position
to withstand any significant reduction in capital spending by
customers in these markets. They often have broader product
lines and market focus and may not be as susceptible to
downturns in a particular market. These competitors may also be
able to bundle their products together to meet the needs of a
20
particular customer and may be capable of delivering more
complete solutions than we are able to provide. Further, some of
our competitors have greater financial resources than we do, and
they have offered and in the future may offer their products at
lower prices than we do or offer more attractive financing
terms, which has in the past and may in the future cause us to
lose sales or to reduce our prices in response to competition.
Any reduction in sales or reduced prices for our products would
adversely affect our business and results of operations. In
addition, many of our competitors have been in operation longer
than we have and therefore have more long-standing and
established relationships with domestic and foreign customers.
We may not be able to compete successfully in the future, which
would harm our business.
If any of our competitors products or technologies were to
become the industry standard, our business could be seriously
harmed. If our competitors are successful in bringing their
products to market earlier than us, or if these products are
more technologically capable than ours, our sales could be
materially and adversely affected. In addition, certain
companies that have not had a large presence in the broadband
communications equipment market have recently begun to expand
their presence in this market through mergers and acquisitions.
The continued consolidation of our competitors could have a
significant negative impact on us. Further, our competitors,
particularly companies that offer products that are competitive
with our digital video systems, may bundle their products or
incorporate functionality into existing products in a manner
that discourages users from purchasing our products or which may
require us to lower our selling prices, resulting in lower
revenues and decreased gross margins.
Our future growth depends on market acceptance of several
broadband services, on the adoption of new broadband
technologies and on several other broadband industry
trends.
Future demand for our products will depend significantly on the
growing market acceptance of emerging broadband services,
including digital video, VOD, HDTV, IPTV, mobile video services,
and very high-speed data services.
The effective delivery of these services will depend, in part,
on a variety of new network architectures and standards, such as:
|
|
|
|
|
video compression standards such as MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 for both
standard definition and high definition services;
|
|
|
|
fiber to the premises, or FTTP, and digital subscriber line, or
DSL, networks designed to facilitate the delivery of video
services by telcos;
|
|
|
|
the greater use of protocols such as IP;
|
|
|
|
the further adoption of bandwidth-optimization techniques, such
as switched digital video and DOCSIS 3.0; and
|
|
|
|
the introduction of new consumer devices, such as advanced
set-top boxes, personal video recorders, or PVRs and a variety
of smart phone mobile devices, such as the iPhone.
|
If adoption of these emerging services
and/or
technologies is not as widespread or as rapid as we expect, or
if we are unable to develop new products based on these
technologies on a timely basis, our net sales growth will be
materially and adversely affected.
21
Furthermore, other technological, industry and regulatory trends
will affect the growth of our business. These trends include the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
convergence, or the need of many network operators to deliver a
package of video, voice and data services to consumers,
including mobile delivery options;
|
|
|
|
the increasing availability of traditional broadcast video
content on the Internet;
|
|
|
|
the entry of telcos into the video business;
|
|
|
|
the use of digital video by businesses, governments and
educational institutions;
|
|
|
|
efforts by regulators and governments in the U.S. and
abroad to encourage the adoption of broadband and digital
technologies;
|
|
|
|
the extent and nature of regulatory attitudes towards such
issues as network neutrality, competition between operators,
access by third parties to networks of other operators, local
franchising requirements for telcos to offer video, and other
new services such as mobile video; and
|
|
|
|
the outcome of litigation and negotiations between content
owners and service providers regarding rights of service
providers to store and distribute recorded broadcast content.
|
In 2006, Cablevision announced a plan to offer a network-based
digital video recorder service to its customers. In order for
Cablevision and other cable companies to deliver a network-based
digital video recorder service broadly to their customers, they
need to continue to enhance their networks and distribution
capabilities by upgrading their video distribution hardware and
software, which we believe will enhance the demand for our
products and services.
Shortly following Cablevisions announcement that it
planned to offer a network-based digital video recorder service
to its customers, several major entertainment networks and video
production studios sued Cablevision in federal court to enjoin
Cablevision from offering this service without securing
licensing or programming rights from the content providers. This
case was resolved in favor of Cablevision. However, in the event
that similar challenges against cable operators offering
network-based digital video recorder services are successful,
cable operators may not be able to provide a network-based
digital video recorder service to their customers, which could
reduce the growth in demand for our products and services.
We need to develop and introduce new and enhanced products
in a timely manner to remain competitive.
Broadband communications markets are characterized by continuing
technological advancement, changes in customer requirements and
evolving industry standards. To compete successfully, we must
design, develop, manufacture and sell new or enhanced products
that provide increasingly higher levels of performance and
reliability. However, we may not be able to successfully develop
or introduce these products if, among other things, our products:
|
|
|
|
|
are not cost effective;
|
|
|
|
are not brought to market in a timely manner;
|
|
|
|
are not in accordance with evolving industry standards and
architectures;
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
fail to achieve market acceptance; or
|
|
|
|
are ahead of the market.
|
We are currently developing and marketing products based on
recently established video compression standards. Encoding
products based on the MPEG-2 compression standards have
represented a significant portion of our sales since our
acquisition of DiviCom in 2000. Newer standards, such as MPEG-4
AVC/H.264, have been adopted which provide significantly greater
compression efficiency, thereby making more bandwidth available
to operators. The availability of more bandwidth is particularly
important to those operators seeking to launch, or expand, HDTV
services. We have developed and launched products, including HD
encoders, based on these new standards in order to remain
competitive and are devoting considerable resources to this
effort. In addition, we have recently launched an encoding
platform which is capable of being configured for both MPEG-2
and MPEG-4, in both standard definition and HD formats. There
can be no assurance that these efforts will be successful in the
near future, or at all, or that competitors will not take
significant market share in HD encoding. At the same time, we
need to devote development resources to the existing MPEG-2
standard which our cable customers continue to require. Also, to
successfully develop and market certain of our planned products,
we may be required to enter into technology development or
licensing agreements with third parties. We cannot assure you
that we will be able to enter into any necessary technology
development or licensing agreements on terms acceptable to us,
or at all. If we fail to develop and market new products, our
business and operating results could be materially and adversely
affected.
Conditions and changes in the national and global economic
environments may adversely affect our business and financial
results.
Adverse economic conditions in markets in which we operate may
harm our business. Recently, economic conditions in the
countries in which we operate and sell products have been weak,
and global financial markets have experienced a severe downturn
stemming from a multitude of factors, including adverse credit
conditions, slower economic activity, concerns about inflation
and deflation, rapid changes in foreign exchange rates,
increased energy costs, decreased consumer confidence, reduced
corporate profits and capital spending, adverse business
conditions and liquidity concerns and other factors. Economic
growth in the U.S. and in many other countries slowed in
the fourth quarter of 2007, remained slow or stopped in 2008,
and slowed further or remained relatively flat in 2009 in the
U.S. and internationally. The current global economic
slowdown led many of our customers to decrease their
expenditures in 2009, and we believe that this slowdown caused
certain of our customers to reduce or delay orders for our
products. Many of our international customers, particularly
those in emerging markets, have been exposed to tight credit
markets and depreciating currencies, further restricting their
ability to build out or upgrade their networks. Some customers
have difficulty in servicing or retiring existing debt and the
financial constraints on certain international customers
required us to significantly increase our allowance for doubtful
accounts in the fourth quarter of 2008.
During challenging economic times, and in tight credit markets,
many customers may delay or reduce capital expenditures. This
could result in reductions in sales of our products, longer
sales cycles, difficulties in collection of accounts receivable,
slower adoption of new technologies and increased price
competition. If global economic and market conditions, or
economic conditions in the United States or other key markets
remain weak or deteriorate further, we may experience a material
and adverse impact on our business, results of operations and
financial condition.
Broadband communications markets are characterized by
rapid technological change.
Broadband communications markets are subject to rapid changes,
making it difficult to accurately predict the markets
future growth rates, sizes or technological directions. In view
of the evolving nature of these markets, it is possible that
cable television operators, telcos or other suppliers of
broadband wireless and satellite services will decide to adopt
alternative architectures or
23
technologies that are incompatible with our current or future
products. Also, decisions by customers to adopt new technologies
or products are often delayed by extensive evaluation and
qualification processes and can result in delays in sales of
current products. If we are unable to design, develop,
manufacture and sell products that incorporate or are compatible
with these new architectures or technologies, our business will
suffer.
If sales forecasted for a particular period are not
realized in that period due to the unpredictable sales cycles of
our products, our operating results for that period will be
harmed.
The sales cycles of many of our products, particularly our newer
products and products sold internationally, are typically
unpredictable and usually involve:
|
|
|
|
|
a significant technical evaluation in the laboratory and often
in the field;
|
|
|
|
a commitment of capital and other resources by cable, satellite,
and other network operators;
|
|
|
|
time required to engineer the deployment of new technologies or
new broadband services;
|
|
|
|
testing and acceptance of new technologies that affect key
operations; and
|
|
|
|
test marketing of new services with subscribers.
|
For these and other reasons, our sales cycles generally last
three to nine months, but can last up to 12 months. If
orders forecasted for a specific customer for a particular
quarter do not occur in that quarter, our operating results for
that quarter could be substantially lower than anticipated. In
this regard, our sales cycles with our current and potential
satellite and telco customers are particularly unpredictable.
Orders may include multiple elements, the timing of delivery of
which may impact the timing of revenue recognition.
Additionally, our sales arrangements may include testing and
acceptance of new technologies. The timing of the completion of
acceptance testing is difficult to predict and may impact the
timing of revenue recognition. Quarterly and annual results may
fluctuate significantly due to revenue recognition policies and
the timing of the receipt of orders.
In addition, a significant portion of our revenue is derived
from solution sales that principally consist of and include the
system design, manufacture, test, installation and integration
of equipment to the specifications of our customers, including
equipment acquired from third parties to be integrated with our
products. Revenue forecasts for solution contracts are based on
the estimated timing of the system design, installation and
integration of projects. Because solution contracts generally
span several quarters and revenue recognition is based on
progress under the contract, the timing of revenue is difficult
to predict and could result in lower than expected revenue in
any particular quarter.
We must be able to manage expenses and inventory risks
associated with meeting the demand of our customers.
If actual orders are materially lower than the indications we
receive from our customers, our ability to manage inventory and
expenses may be affected. If we enter into purchase commitments
to acquire materials, or expend resources to manufacture
products, and such products are not purchased by our customers,
our business and operating results could suffer. In this regard,
our gross margins and operating results have been in the past
adversely affected by significant charges for excess and
obsolete inventories.
24
In addition, we must carefully manage the introduction of next
generation products in order to balance potential inventory
risks associated with excess quantities of older product lines
and forecasts of customer demand for new products. For example,
in the first quarter of 2009, we wrote down approximately
$5.8 million of obsolete inventory for product
discontinuances associated with the Scopus acquisition. Also, in
2007, we wrote down approximately $7.6 million of net
obsolete and excess inventory, with a significant portion of the
write-down being due to product transitions. There can be no
assurance that we will be able to manage these product
transitions in the future without incurring write-downs for
excess inventory or having inadequate supplies of new products
to meet customer expectations.
Further, we recently executed an agreement with an Israeli
contract manufacturer to assume the manufacturing of products
previously manufactured by Scopus. Under the terms of this
agreement, we have transferred equipment, certain employees and
consigned inventory to this contract manufacturer. There can be
no assurance that this transfer of manufacturing
responsibilities will be successful, and we may incur unforeseen
costs and delays in the delivery of products to our customers.
We have made and expect to continue to make acquisitions,
and such acquisitions could disrupt our operations and adversely
affect our operating results.
As part of our business strategy, from time to time, we have
acquired, and continue to consider acquiring, businesses,
technologies, assets and product lines that we believe
complement or expand our existing business. For example, on
March 12, 2009, we completed the acquisition of Scopus
Video Networks Ltd. pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger
announced on December 22, 2008. In addition, on
December 8, 2006, we acquired the video networking software
business of Entone Technologies, Inc. and, on July 31,
2007, we completed the acquisition of Rhozet Corporation. We
expect to make additional acquisitions in the future.
We may face challenges as a result of these activities, because
acquisitions entail numerous risks, including:
|
|
|
|
|
difficulties in the assimilation and integration of acquired
operations, technologies
and/or
products;
|
|
|
|
unanticipated costs associated with the acquisition transaction;
|
|
|
|
the diversion of managements attention from the regular
operations of the business and the challenges of managing larger
and more widespread operations;
|
|
|
|
difficulties in integrating acquired companies systems,
controls, policies and procedures to comply with the internal
control over financial reporting requirements of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;
|
|
|
|
adverse effects on new and existing business relationships with
suppliers and customers;
|
|
|
|
channel conflicts and disputes between distributors and other
partners of us and the acquired companies;
|
|
|
|
potential difficulties in completing projects associated with
in-process research and development;
|
|
|
|
risks associated with entering markets in which we have no or
limited prior experience;
|
|
|
|
the potential loss of key employees of acquired businesses;
|
|
|
|
difficulties in the assimilation of different corporate cultures
and practices;
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
difficulties in bringing acquired products and businesses into
compliance with applicable legal requirements in jurisdictions
in which we operate and sell products;
|
|
|
|
substantial charges for acquisition costs, which are required to
be expensed under recent accounting guidance on business
combinations;
|
|
|
|
substantial charges for the amortization of certain purchased
intangible assets, deferred stock compensation or similar items;
|
|
|
|
substantial impairments to goodwill or intangible assets in the
event that an acquisition proves to be less valuable than the
price we paid for it; and
|
|
|
|
delays in realizing or failure to realize the benefits of an
acquisition.
|
For example, the government grants that Scopus received for
research and development expenditures limits its ability to
manufacture products and transfer technologies outside of
Israel, and if Scopus fails to satisfy specified conditions, it
may be required to refund grants previously received together
with interest and penalties and may be subject to criminal
charges.
Also, we closed all operations and product lines related to
Broadcast Technology Limited, which we acquired in 2005 and we
have recorded charges associated with that closure.
Competition within our industry for acquisitions of businesses,
technologies, assets and product lines has been, and may in the
future continue to be, intense. As such, even if we are able to
identify an acquisition that we would like to consummate, we may
not be able to complete the acquisition on commercially
reasonable terms or because the target is acquired by another
company. Furthermore, in the event that we are able to identify
and consummate any future acquisitions, we could:
|
|
|
|
|
issue equity securities which would dilute current
stockholders percentage ownership;
|
|
|
|
incur substantial debt;
|
|
|
|
incur significant acquisition-related expenses;
|
|
|
|
assume contingent liabilities; or
|
|
|
|
expend significant cash.
|
These financing activities or expenditures could harm our
business, operating results and financial condition or the price
of our common stock. Alternatively, due to difficulties in the
capital and credit markets, we may be unable to secure capital
on acceptable terms, or at all, to complete acquisitions.
Moreover, even if we do obtain benefits from acquisitions in the
form of increased sales and earnings, there may be a delay
between the time when the expenses associated with an
acquisition are incurred and the time when we recognize such
benefits.
If we are unable to successfully address any of these risks, our
business, financial condition or operating results could be
harmed.
26
We may not realize the anticipated improvement in our
operating results and other benefits expected from our recently
completed acquisition of Scopus, which could adversely affect
our business and cause our stock price to decline.
Our recently completed acquisition of Scopus involved the
integration of two companies that had previously operated
independently. The integration of two previously independent
companies is a challenging, time-consuming and costly process.
While the integration process began in March 2009, when the
Scopus acquisition was consummated, it has taken some time to
substantially complete the integration. It is still possible
that the process of combining the companies could result in the
loss of key employees, the disruption of our ongoing businesses,
or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures, and
policies that adversely affect our ability to maintain
relationships with customers, suppliers, and employees. In
addition, the successful combination of the companies requires
the dedication of significant management resources, which could
temporarily divert attention from the
day-to-day
business of the combined company. There can be no assurance that
these challenges will be met, and that we will realize benefits
from the acquisition of Scopus. If we are unable to realize
these benefits, our business and operating results may be
adversely affected, and our stock price may decline.
We depend on our international sales and are subject to
the risks associated with international operations, which may
negatively affect our operating results.
Sales to customers outside of the U.S. in 2009, 2008 and
2007 represented 49%, 44% and 44% of net sales, respectively,
and we expect that international sales will continue to
represent a meaningful portion of our net sales for the
foreseeable future. Furthermore, a substantial portion of our
contract manufacturing occurs overseas. Our international
operations, the international operations of our contract
manufacturers and our efforts to increase sales in international
markets are subject to a number of risks, including:
|
|
|
|
|
a slowdown in international economies, which may adversely
affect our customers capital spending;
|
|
|
|
changes in foreign government regulations and telecommunications
standards;
|
|
|
|
import and export license requirements, tariffs, taxes and other
trade barriers;
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
|
|
|
|
a significant reliance on distributors, resellers and other
third parties to sell our products and solutions;
|
|
|
|
difficulty in collecting accounts receivable, especially from
smaller customers and resellers;
|
|
|
|
compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or
FCPA;
|
|
|
|
the burden of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws,
treaties and technical standards;
|
|
|
|
fulfilling country of origin requirements for our
products for certain customers;
|
|
|
|
difficulty in staffing and managing foreign operations;
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
political and economic instability, including risks related to
terrorist activity; and
|
|
|
|
changes in economic policies by foreign governments.
|
In the past, certain of our international customers accumulated
significant levels of debt and have undertaken reorganizations
and financial restructurings, including bankruptcy proceedings.
Even where these restructurings have been completed, in some
cases these customers have not been in a position to purchase
new equipment at levels we have seen in the past.
While our international sales and operating expenses have
typically been denominated in U.S. dollars, fluctuations in
currency exchange rates could cause our products to become
relatively more expensive to customers in a particular country,
leading to a reduction in sales or profitability in that
country. A portion of our European business is denominated in
Euros, which subjects us to increased foreign currency risk.
Gains and losses on the conversion to U.S. dollars of
accounts receivable, accounts payable and other monetary assets
and liabilities arising from international operations may
contribute to fluctuations in operating results.
Furthermore, payment cycles for international customers are
typically longer than those for customers in the
U.S. Unpredictable sales cycles could cause us to fail to
meet or exceed the expectations of security analysts and
investors for any given period.
Our operations outside the United States also require us to
comply with a number of United States and international
regulations. For example, our operations in countries outside
the United States are subject to the FCPA and similar laws,
which prohibits United States companies or their agents and
employees from providing anything of value to a foreign official
for the purposes of influencing any act or decision of these
individuals in their official capacity to help obtain or retain
business, direct business to any person or corporate entity or
obtain any unfair advantage. Our activities in countries outside
the United States create the risk of unauthorized payments or
offers of payments by one of our employees or agents, including
those companies to which we outsource certain of our business
operations, which could be in violation of the FCPA, even though
these parties are not always subject to our control. We have
internal control policies and procedures and have implemented
training and compliance programs for our employees and agents
with respect to the FCPA. However, we cannot assure you that our
policies, procedures and programs will prevent violations of the
FCPA or similar laws by our employees or agents, particularly as
we expand our international operations. Any such violation, even
if prohibited by our policies, could result in criminal or civil
sanctions, and this could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
Any or all of these factors could adversely impact our business
and results of operations.
We face risks associated with having important facilities
and resources located in Israel.
When we completed the acquisition of Scopus in March 2009,
Scopus was headquartered and had a substantial majority of its
operations in Israel. This acquisition resulted in the addition
of 221 employees based in Israel. In addition, we maintain
a facility in Caesarea in Israel with a total of
84 employees. The employees at the Caesarea facility
consist principally of research and development personnel. We
have pilot production capabilities at this facility consisting
of procurement of subassemblies and modules from Israeli
subcontractors and final assembly and test operations. As of
December 31, 2009, we had a total of 229 employees
based in Israel, or approximately 27% of our workforce.
Accordingly, we are directly influenced by the political,
economic and military conditions affecting Israel, and this
influence has increased with the acquisition of Scopus. Any
significant conflict involving Israel could have a direct effect
on our business or that of our Israeli subcontractors, in the
form of physical damage or injury, reluctance to travel within
or to Israel by our Israeli and foreign employees or those of
our subcontractors, or the loss of employees to active military
duty. Most of our employees in Israel are currently obligated to
perform annual reserve duty in the Israel Defense Forces and
several have been called for active
28
military duty in recent years. In the event that more employees
are called to active duty, certain of our research and
development activities may be adversely affected and
significantly delayed. In addition, the interruption or
curtailment of trade between Israel and its trading partners
could significantly harm our business. Terrorist attacks and
hostilities within Israel, the hostilities between Israel and
Hezbollah, and Israel and Hamas, the conflict between Hamas and
Fatah, as well as tensions between Israel and Iran, have also
heightened these risks. Current or future tensions in the Middle
East may adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Fluctuations in our future effective tax rates could
affect our future operating results, financial condition and
cash flows.
We have evaluated the need for a valuation allowance based on
historical evidence, trends in profitability, expectations of
future taxable income and implemented tax planning strategies.
As such in 2008, we determined that a valuation allowance was no
longer necessary for certain of our U.S. deferred tax
assets because, based on the available evidence, we concluded
that a realization of these net deferred tax assets was more
likely than not. We continue to maintain a valuation allowance
for certain foreign deferred tax assets and recorded a valuation
allowance on certain of our California deferred tax assets in
the first quarter of 2009 as a result of our expectations of
future usage of the California deferred tax assets. We are
required to periodically review our deferred tax assets and
determine whether, based on available evidence, a valuation
allowance is necessary. In the event that, in the future, we
determine an additional valuation allowance is necessary with
respect to our U.S. and certain foreign deferred tax
assets, we would incur a charge equal to the amount of the
valuation allowance in the period in which we made such
determination as a discrete item, and this could have a material
and adverse impact on our results of operations for such period.
The calculation of tax liabilities involves dealing with
uncertainties in the application of complex global tax
regulations. We recognize potential liabilities for anticipated
tax audit issues in the U.S. and other tax jurisdictions
based on our estimate of whether, and the extent to which,
additional taxes will be due. If payment of these amounts
ultimately proves to be unnecessary, the reversal of the
liabilities would result in tax benefits being recognized in the
period when we determine the liabilities are no longer
necessary. If the estimate of tax liabilities proves to be less
than the ultimate tax assessment, a further charge to expense
would result.
We are in the process of expanding our international operations
and staffing to better support our expansion into international
markets. This expansion includes the implementation of an
international structure that includes, among other things, an
international support center in Europe, a research and
development cost-sharing arrangement, certain licenses and other
contractual arrangements between us and our wholly-owned
domestic and foreign subsidiaries. As a result of these changes,
we anticipate that our consolidated pre-tax income will be
subject to foreign tax at relatively lower tax rates when
compared to the United States federal statutory tax rate and, as
a consequence, our effective income tax rate is expected to be
lower than the United States federal statutory rate. However,
the current administration has begun to put forward proposals
that may, if enacted, limit the ability of U.S. companies
to continue to defer U.S. income taxes on foreign income.
In addition, recent statements from the IRS have indicated their
intent to seek greater disclosure by companies of their reserves
for uncertain tax positions. Our future effective income tax
rates could be adversely affected if tax authorities challenge
our international tax structure or if the relative mix of United
States and international income changes for any reason.
Accordingly, there can be no assurance that our income tax rate
will be less than the United States federal statutory rate in
future periods.
Changes in telecommunications legislation and regulations
could harm our prospects and future sales.
Changes in telecommunications legislation and regulations in the
U.S. and other countries could affect the sales of our
products. In particular, regulations dealing with access by
competitors to the networks of incumbent operators could slow or
stop additional construction or expansion by these operators.
Increased regulation of our customers pricing or service
offerings could limit their investments and consequently the
sales of our products. Changes in regulations could have a
material adverse effect on our business, operating results, and
financial condition.
29
Negative conditions in the global credit and financial
markets may impair the liquidity of a portion of our investment
portfolio.
The recent negative conditions in the global credit and
financial markets have had an adverse impact on the liquidity of
certain investments. In the event we need or desire to access
funds from the other short-term investments that we hold, it is
possible that we may not be able to do so due to market
conditions. If a buyer is found but is unwilling to purchase the
investments at par or our cost, we may incur a loss. Further,
rating downgrades of the security issuer or the third parties
insuring such investments may require us to adjust the carrying
value of these investments through an impairment charge. Our
inability to sell all or some of our short-term investments at
par or our cost, or rating downgrades of issuers of these
securities, could adversely affect our results of operations or
financial condition.
As of December 31, 2008, we held approximately
$10.7 million of auction rate securities, or ARSs, which
were invested in preferred securities in closed-end mutual
funds. The recent negative conditions in the credit markets
restricted our ability to liquidate holdings of ARSs because the
amount of securities submitted for sale has exceeded the amount
of purchase orders for such securities. During 2008, we were
able to sell $24.1 million of ARSs through successful
auctions and redemptions. The remaining balance of
$10.7 million in ARSs that we held at December 31,
2008 was sold at par plus interest in February 2009.
In addition, we invest our cash, cash equivalents and short-term
investments in a variety of investment vehicles in a number of
countries with and in the custody of financial institutions with
high credit ratings. While our investment policy and strategy
attempt to manage interest rate risk, limit credit risk, and
only invest in what we view as very high-quality securities, the
outlook for our investment holdings is dependent on general
economic conditions, interest rate trends and volatility in the
financial marketplace, which can all affect the income that we
receive, the value of our investments, and our ability to sell
them.
During 2008, we recorded an impairment charge of
$0.8 million relating to an investment in an unsecured debt
instrument of Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc. We believe that our
investment securities are carried at fair value. However, over
time the economic and market environment may provide additional
insight regarding the fair value of certain securities which
could change our judgment regarding impairment. This could
result in unrealized or realized losses relating to other than
temporary declines being charged against future income. Given
the current market conditions involved, there is continuing risk
that further declines in fair value may occur and additional
impairments may be charged to income in future periods.
In order to manage our growth, we must be successful in
addressing management succession issues and attracting and
retaining qualified personnel.
Our future success will depend, to a significant extent, on the
ability of our management to operate effectively, both
individually and as a group. We must successfully manage
transition and replacement issues that may result from the
departure or retirement of members of our senior management. For
example, Mr. Dickson, our Chief Financial Officer, recently
announced his intention to retire from Harmonic during 2010 and
is expected to continue in his current position until his
replacement is hired and an appropriate transition period has
elapsed. We cannot assure you that changes of management
personnel would not cause disruption to our operations or
customer relationships, or a decline in our financial results.
In addition, we are dependent on our ability to retain and
motivate high caliber personnel, in addition to attracting new
personnel. Competition for qualified management, technical and
other personnel can be intense and we may not be successful in
attracting and retaining such personnel. Competitors and others
have in the past and may in the future attempt to recruit our
employees. While our employees are required to sign standard
agreements concerning confidentiality and ownership of
inventions, we generally do not have employment contracts or
non-competition agreements with any of our personnel. The loss
of the services of any of our key personnel, the inability to
attract or retain qualified personnel in the future or delays in
hiring
30
required personnel, particularly senior management and engineers
and other technical personnel, could negatively affect our
business.
Accounting guidance and stock exchange regulations related
to equity compensation could adversely affect our earnings, our
ability to raise capital and our ability to attract and retain
key personnel.
Since our inception, we have used equity compensation, including
stock options, restricted stock units and employee stock
purchase plan awards, as a fundamental component of our employee
compensation packages. We believe that our equity incentive
plans are an essential tool to link the long-term interests of
stockholders and employees, especially executive management, and
serve to motivate management to make decisions that will, in the
long run, give the best returns to stockholders. The Financial
Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued guidance that
requires us to record a charge to earnings for employee stock
options, restricted stock unit grants and employee stock
purchase plan awards for all periods from January 1, 2006.
This guidance has negatively impacted and will continue to
negatively impact our earnings and may affect our ability to
raise capital on acceptable terms. For 2009, stock-based
compensation expense recognized under this guidance was
$10.6 million, which consisted of stock-based compensation
expense related to restricted stock units, stock options and
employee stock purchases plan awards.
In addition, regulations implemented by the NASDAQ Stock Market
requiring stockholder approval for all equity incentive plans
could make it more difficult for us to grant options or
restricted stock units to employees in the future. To the extent
that new accounting guidance make it more difficult or expensive
to grant options or restricted stock units to employees, we may
incur increased compensation costs, change our equity
compensation strategy or find it difficult to attract, retain
and motivate employees, each of which could materially and
adversely affect our business.
We are exposed to additional costs and risks associated
with complying with increasing regulation of corporate
governance and disclosure standards.
We are spending an increased amount of management time and
external resources to comply with changing laws, regulations and
standards relating to corporate governance and public
disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, SEC
regulations and the NASDAQ Stock Market rules. In particular,
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires
managements annual review and evaluation of our internal
control over financial reporting and attestation of the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting
by our independent registered public accounting firm in
connection with the filing of the annual report on
Form 10-K
for each fiscal year. We have documented and tested our internal
control systems and procedures and have made improvements in
order for us to comply with the requirements of
Section 404. This process required us to hire additional
personnel and outside advisory services and has resulted in
significant additional expenses. While our managements
assessment of our internal control over financial reporting
resulted in our conclusion that as of December 31, 2009,
our internal control over financial reporting was effective, and
our independent registered public accounting firm has attested
that our internal control over financial reporting was effective
in all material respects as of December 31, 2009, we cannot
predict the outcome of our testing and that of our independent
registered public accounting firm in future periods. If we
conclude in future periods that our internal control over
financial reporting is not effective or if our independent
registered public accounting firm is unable to provide an
unqualified attestation as of future year-ends, investors may
lose confidence in our financial statements, and the price of
our stock may suffer.
We may need additional capital in the future and may not
be able to secure adequate funds on terms acceptable to
us.
We have generated substantial operating losses since we began
operations in June 1988. We have been engaged in the design,
manufacture and sale of a variety of video products and system
solutions since inception, which has required, and will continue
to require, significant research and development expenditures.
As of December 31, 2009 we had an accumulated deficit of
31
$1.9 billion. These losses, among other things, have had
and may have an adverse effect on our stockholders equity
and working capital.
We believe that our existing liquidity sources will satisfy our
cash requirements for at least the next twelve months. However,
we may need to raise additional funds if our expectations are
incorrect, to take advantage of unanticipated strategic
opportunities, to satisfy our other liabilities, or to
strengthen our financial position. Our ability to raise funds
may be adversely affected by a number of factors relating to
Harmonic, as well as factors beyond our control, including
weakness in the economic conditions in markets in which we
operate and into which we sell our products, increased
uncertainty in the financial, capital and credit markets, as
well as conditions in the cable and satellite industries. In
particular, companies are experiencing difficulty raising
capital from issuances of debt or equity securities in the
current capital market environment, and may also have difficulty
securing credit financing. There can be no assurance that such
financing will be available on terms acceptable to us, if at all.
In addition, we actively review potential acquisitions that
would complement our existing product offerings, enhance our
technical capabilities or expand our marketing and sales
presence. Any future transaction of this nature could require
potentially significant amounts of capital to finance the
acquisition and related expenses as well as to integrate
operations following a transaction, and could require us to
issue our stock and dilute existing stockholders. If adequate
funds are not available, or are not available on acceptable
terms, we may not be able to take advantage of market
opportunities, to develop new products or to otherwise respond
to competitive pressures.
We may raise additional financing through public or private
equity offerings, debt financings or additional corporate
collaboration and licensing arrangements. To the extent we raise
additional capital by issuing equity securities, our
stockholders may experience dilution. To the extent that we
raise additional funds through collaboration and licensing
arrangements, it may be necessary to relinquish some rights to
our technologies or products, or grant licenses on terms that
are not favorable to us. For example, debt financing
arrangements may require us to pledge assets or enter into
covenants that could restrict our operations or our ability to
incur further indebtedness. If adequate funds are not available,
we will not be able to continue developing our products.
If demand for our products increases more quickly than we
expect, we may be unable to meet our customers
requirements.
If demand for our products increases, the difficulty of
accurately forecasting our customers requirements and
meeting these requirements will increase. Forecasting to meet
customers needs and effectively managing our supply chain
is particularly difficult in connection with newer products. Our
ability to meet customer demand depends significantly on the
availability of components and other materials as well as the
ability of our contract manufacturers to scale their production.
Furthermore, we purchase several key components, subassemblies
and modules used in the manufacture or integration of our
products from sole or limited sources. Our ability to meet
customer requirements depends in part on our ability to obtain
sufficient volumes of these materials in a timely fashion.
Recent increases in demand on our suppliers and subcontractors
from other parties have caused sporadic shortages of certain
components and products. In response, we have increased our
inventories of certain components and products and expedited
shipments of our products when necessary, which has increased
our costs. Also, in previous years, in response to lower sales
and the prolonged economic recession, we significantly reduced
our headcount and other expenses. As a result, we may be unable
to respond to customer demand that increases more quickly than
we expect. If we fail to meet customers supply
expectations, our net sales would be adversely affected and we
may lose business.
32
We purchase several key components, subassemblies and
modules used in the manufacture or integration of our products
from sole or limited sources, and we are increasingly dependent
on contract manufacturers.
Many components, subassemblies and modules necessary for the
manufacture or integration of our products are obtained from a
sole supplier or a limited group of suppliers. For example, we
depend on a small private company for certain video encoding
chips which are incorporated into several new products. Our
reliance on sole or limited suppliers, particularly foreign
suppliers, and our increased reliance on subcontractors involves
several risks, including a potential inability to obtain an
adequate supply of required components, subassemblies or modules
and, reduced control over pricing, quality and timely delivery
of components, subassemblies or modules. In particular, certain
optical components have in the past been in short supply and are
available only from a small number of suppliers, including sole
source suppliers. These risks are heightened during the current
economic slowdown, because our suppliers and subcontractors are
more likely to experience adverse changes in their financial
condition and operations during such a period. While we expend
resources to qualify additional component sources, consolidation
of suppliers in the industry and the small number of viable
alternatives have limited the results of these efforts. We do
not generally maintain long-term agreements with any of our
suppliers. Managing our supplier and contractor relationships is
particularly difficult during time periods in which we introduce
new products and during time periods in which demand for our
products is increasing, especially if demand increases more
quickly than we expect. Furthermore, from time to time we assess
our relationship with our contract manufacturers. In 2003, we
entered into a three-year agreement with Plexus Services Corp.
as our primary contract manufacturer, and Plexus currently
provides us with a majority of the products that we purchase
from our contract manufacturers. This agreement has automatic
annual renewals unless prior notice is given and has been
renewed until October 2010.
Difficulties in managing relationships with current contract
manufacturers, particularly Plexus, could impede our ability to
meet our customers requirements and adversely affect our
operating results. An inability to obtain adequate deliveries or
any other circumstance that would require us to seek alternative
sources of supply could negatively affect our ability to ship
our products on a timely basis, which could damage relationships
with current and prospective customers and harm our business. We
attempt to limit this risk by maintaining safety stocks of
certain components, subassemblies and modules. Recent increases
in demand on our suppliers and subcontractors from other parties
have caused sporadic shortages of certain components and
products. In response, we have increased our inventories of
certain components and products and expedited shipments of our
products when necessary, which has increased our costs. As a
result of this investment in inventories, we have in the past
and in the future may be subject to risk of excess and obsolete
inventories, which could harm our business, operating results,
financial position or cash flows. In this regard, our gross
margins and operating results in the past were adversely
affected by significant excess and obsolete inventory charges.
Cessation of the development and production of video
encoding chips by C-Cubes spun-off semiconductor business
may adversely impact us.
Our DiviCom business, which we acquired in 2000, and the C-Cube
semiconductor business (acquired by LSI Logic in June
2001) collaborated on the production and development of two
video encoding microelectronic chips prior to our acquisition of
the DiviCom business. In connection with the acquisition, we
have entered into a contractual relationship with the spun-off
semiconductor business of C-Cube, under which we have access to
certain of the spun-off semiconductor business technologies and
products on which the DiviCom business depends for certain
product and service offerings. The current term of this
agreement is through October 2010, with automatic annual
renewals unless terminated by either party in accordance with
the agreement provisions. On July 27, 2007, LSI announced
that it had completed the sale of its consumer products business
(which includes the design and manufacture of encoding chips) to
Magnum Semiconductor, and the agreement provides us with access
to certain of the spun-off semiconductor business technologies
and products was assigned to Magnum Semiconductor. If the
spun-off semiconductor business is not able to or does not
sustain its development and production efforts in this area, our
business, financial condition, results of operations and cash
flow could be harmed.
33
We rely on distributors, value-added resellers and systems
integrators for a substantial portion of our sales, and
disruptions to, or our failure to develop and manage our
relationships with these customers and the processes and
procedures that support them could adversely affect our
business.
We generate a substantial portion of our sales through net sales
to distributors, value-added resellers, or VARs, and systems
integrators. We expect that these sales will continue to
generate a substantial percentage of our net sales in the
future. Our future success is highly dependent upon establishing
and maintaining successful relationships with a variety of
distributors, VARs and systems integrators that specialize in
video delivery solutions, products and services, and our
reliance on such customers has increased since the completion of
our acquisition of Scopus in the first quarter of 2009.
We generally have no long-term contracts or minimum purchase
commitments with any of our distributor, VAR or system
integrator customers, and our contracts with these parties do
not prohibit them from purchasing or offering products or
services that compete with ours. Our competitors may be
effective in providing incentives to our distributor, VAR and
systems integrator customers to favor their products or to
prevent or reduce sales of our products. Our distributor, VAR or
systems integrator customers may choose not to purchase or offer
our products. Many of our distributors, VARs and system
integrators are small, are based in a variety of international
locations and may have relatively unsophisticated processes and
limited financial resources to conduct their business. Any
significant disruption to our sales to these customers,
including as a result of the inability or unwillingness of these
customers to continue purchasing our products, or their failure
to properly manage their business with respect to the purchase
of and payment for our products, could materially and adversely
impact our business and results of operations. In addition, our
failure to establish and maintain successful relationships with
distributor, VAR and systems integrator customers would likely
materially and adversely affect our business, operating results
and financial condition.
We need to effectively manage our operations and the
cyclical nature of our business.
The cyclical nature of our business has placed, and is expected
to continue to place, a significant strain on our personnel,
management and other resources. Our purchase of the video
networking software business of Entone in December 2006 resulted
in the addition of 43 employees, most of whom are based in
Hong Kong, and we added approximately 18 employees on
July 31, 2007, in connection with the completion of our
acquisition of Rhozet. In addition, upon the closing of the
acquisition of Scopus, we added 221 employees on
March 12, 2009, most of whom are based in Israel. Our
ability to manage our business effectively in the future,
including any future growth, will require us to train, motivate
and manage our employees successfully, to attract and integrate
new employees into our overall operations, to retain key
employees and to continue to improve our operational, financial
and management systems.
We are subject to various laws and regulations related to
the environment and potential climate change that could impose
substantial costs upon us and may adversely affect our business,
operating results and financial condition.
Our operations are regulated under various federal, state, local
and international laws relating to the environment and potential
climate change, including those governing the management,
disposal and labeling of hazardous substances and wastes and the
cleanup of contaminated sites. We could incur costs and fines,
third-party property damage or personal injury claims, or could
be required to incur substantial investigation or remediation
costs, if we were to violate or become liable under
environmental laws. The ultimate costs under these laws and the
timing of these costs are difficult to predict.
We also face increasing complexity in our product design as we
adjust to new and future requirements relating to the presence
of certain substances in electronic products and making
producers of those products financially responsible for the
collection, treatment, recycling, and disposal of certain
products. For example, the European Parliament and the Council
of the European Union have enacted the Waste Electrical and
Electronic Equipment (WEEE) directive, which regulates the
collection, recovery, and recycling of waste from electrical and
electronic products, and the Restriction on the Use of Certain
Hazardous Substances
34
in Electrical and Electronic Equipment (RoHS) directive, which
bans the use of certain hazardous materials including lead,
mercury, cadmium, hexavalent chromium, and polybrominated
biphenyls (PBBs), and polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs)
that exceed certain specified levels. Legislation similar to
RoHS and WEEE has been or may be enacted in other jurisdictions,
including in the United States, Japan, and China. Our failure to
comply with these laws could result in our being directly or
indirectly liable for costs, fines or penalties and third-party
claims, and could jeopardize our ability to conduct business in
such countries. We also expect that our operations will be
affected by other new environmental laws and regulations on an
ongoing basis. Although we cannot predict the ultimate impact of
any such new laws and regulations, they will likely result in
additional costs or decreased revenue, and could require that we
redesign or change how we manufacture our products, any of which
could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We are liable for C-Cubes pre-merger liabilities,
including liabilities resulting from the spin-off of its
semiconductor business.
Under the terms of the merger agreement with C-Cube, Harmonic is
generally liable for C-Cubes pre-merger liabilities.
Harmonic and LSI Logic, which acquired C-Cubes spun off
semiconductor business in June 2001 and assumed its obligations,
reached a settlement agreement in the second quarter of 2009,
which resulted in Harmonic reimbursing LSI Logic
$1.0 million of the outstanding liability to settle any
future outstanding claims. As a result, the full amount of the
estimated obligations was transferred to LSI Logic in the second
quarter of 2009. To the extent that these obligations are
finally settled for more than the amounts reimbursed by
Harmonic, LSI Logic is obligated, under the terms of the
settlement agreement, to reimburse Harmonic.
Our failure to adequately protect our proprietary rights
may adversely affect us.
We currently hold 44 issued U.S. patents and 18 issued
foreign patents, and have a number of patent applications
pending. Although we attempt to protect our intellectual
property rights through patents, trademarks, copyrights,
licensing arrangements, maintaining certain technology as trade
secrets and other measures, we cannot assure you that any
patent, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property
rights owned by us will not be invalidated, circumvented or
challenged, that such intellectual property rights will provide
competitive advantages to us or that any of our pending or
future patent applications will be issued with the scope of the
claims sought by us, if at all. We cannot assure you that others
will not develop technologies that are similar or superior to
our technology, duplicate our technology or design around the
patents that we own. In addition, effective patent, copyright
and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in
certain foreign countries in which we do business or may do
business in the future.
We believe that patents and patent applications are not
currently significant to our business, and investors therefore
should not rely on our patent portfolio to give us a competitive
advantage over others in our industry. We believe that the
future success of our business will depend on our ability to
translate the technological expertise and innovation of our
personnel into new and enhanced products. We generally enter
into confidentiality or license agreements with our employees,
consultants, vendors and customers as needed, and generally
limit access to and distribution of our proprietary information.
Nevertheless, we cannot assure you that the steps taken by us
will prevent misappropriation of our technology. In addition, we
have taken in the past, and may take in the future, legal action
to enforce our patents and other intellectual property rights,
to protect our trade secrets, to determine the validity and
scope of the proprietary rights of others, or to defend against
claims of infringement or invalidity. Such litigation could
result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could
negatively affect our business, operating results, financial
position or cash flows.
In order to successfully develop and market certain of our
planned products, we may be required to enter into technology
development or licensing agreements with third parties. Although
many companies are often willing to enter into technology
development or licensing agreements, we cannot assure you that
such agreements will be negotiated on terms acceptable to us, or
at all. The failure to enter into technology development or
licensing agreements, when necessary or desirable, could limit
our ability to develop and market new products and could cause
our business to suffer.
35
Our products include third-party technology and
intellectual property, and our inability to use that technology
in the future could harm our business.
We incorporate certain third-party technologies, including
software programs, into our products, and intend to utilize
additional third-party technologies in the future. Licenses to
relevant third-party technologies or updates to those
technologies may not continue to be available to us on
commercially reasonable terms, or at all. In addition, the
technologies that we license may not operate properly and we may
not be able to secure alternatives in a timely manner, which
could harm our business. We could face delays in product
releases until alternative technology can be identified,
licensed or developed, and integrated into our products, if we
are able to do so at all. These delays, or a failure to secure
or develop adequate technology, could materially and adversely
affect our business.
We or our customers may face intellectual property
infringement claims from third parties.
Our industry is characterized by the existence of a large number
of patents and frequent claims and related litigation regarding
patent and other intellectual property rights. In particular,
leading companies in the telecommunications industry have
extensive patent portfolios. From time to time, third parties
have asserted and may assert patent, copyright, trademark and
other intellectual property rights against us or our customers.
Our suppliers and customers may have similar claims asserted
against them. A number of third parties, including companies
with greater financial and other resources than us, have
asserted patent rights to technologies that are important to us.
Any future litigation, regardless of its outcome, could result
in substantial expense and significant diversion of the efforts
of our management and technical personnel. An adverse
determination in any such proceeding could subject us to
significant liabilities, temporary or permanent injunctions or
require us to seek licenses from third parties or pay royalties
that may be substantial. Furthermore, necessary licenses may not
be available on satisfactory terms, or at all. An unfavorable
outcome on any such litigation matters could require that
Harmonic pay substantial damages, or, in connection with any
intellectual property infringement claims, could require that we
pay ongoing royalty payments or could prevent us from selling
certain of our products and any such outcome could have a
material adverse effect on our business, operating results,
financial position or cash flows.
On July 3, 2003, Stanford University and Litton Systems
(now Northrop Grumman Guidance and Electronics Company, Inc.)
filed a complaint in U.S. District Court for the Central
District of California alleging that optical fiber amplifiers
incorporated into certain of our products infringe
U.S. Patent No. 4859016. This patent expired in
September 2003. The complaint sought injunctive relief,
royalties and damages. On August 6, 2007, the District
Court granted our motion to dismiss. The plaintiffs appealed
this motion and on June 19, 2008 the U.S. Court of
Appeals for the Federal Circuit issued a decision which vacated
the District Courts decision and remanded for further
proceedings. At a scheduling conference on October 6, 2008,
the judge ordered the parties to mediation. Following the
mediation sessions, Harmonic and Litton entered into a
settlement agreement on January 15, 2009. The settlement
agreement provided that in exchange for a one-time lump sum
payment from Harmonic to Litton of $5 million, Litton
(i) will not bring suit against Harmonic, any of its
affiliates, customers, vendors, representatives, distributors,
and its contract manufacturers for any liability for making,
using, offering for sale, importing,
and/or
selling any Harmonic products that may have incorporated
technology that was alleged to have infringed on one or more of
the relevant patents and (ii) released Harmonic from any
liability for making, using, or selling any Harmonic products
that may have infringed on such patents. Harmonic paid the
settlement amount in January 2009.
Our suppliers and customers may have similar claims asserted
against them. We have agreed to indemnify some of our suppliers
and customers for alleged patent infringement. The scope of this
indemnity varies, but, in some instances, includes
indemnification for damages and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys fees).
36
We may be the subject of litigation which, if adversely
determined, could harm our business and operating
results.
In addition to the litigation discussed elsewhere in this Annual
Report on
Form 10-K,
we may be subject to claims arising in the normal course of
business. An unfavorable outcome on any litigation matter could
require that we pay substantial damages, or, in connection with
any intellectual property infringement claims, could require
that we pay ongoing royalty payments or could prevent us from
selling certain of our products. In addition, we may decide to
settle any litigation, which could cause us to incur significant
costs. A settlement or an unfavorable outcome on any litigation
matter could have a material adverse effect on our business,
operating results, financial position or cash flows.
We are subject to import and export controls that could
subject us to liability or impair our ability to compete in
international markets.
Our products are subject to U.S. export controls and may be
exported outside the United States only with the required level
of export license or through an export license exception, in
most cases because we incorporate encryption technology into our
products. In addition, various countries regulate the import of
certain technology and have enacted laws that could limit our
ability to distribute our products or could limit our
customers ability to implement our products in those
countries. Changes in our products or changes in export and
import regulations may create delays in the introduction of our
products in international markets, prevent our customers with
international operations from deploying our products throughout
their global systems or, in some cases, prevent the export or
import of our products to certain countries altogether. Any
change in export or import regulations or related legislation,
shift in approach to the enforcement or scope of existing
regulations, or change in the countries, persons or technologies
targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of
our products by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell
our products to, existing or potential customers internationally.
In addition, we may be subject to customs duties and export
quotas, which could have a significant impact on our revenue and
profitability. While we have not encountered significant
difficulties in connection with the sales of our products in
international markets, the future imposition of significant
increases in the level of customs duties or export quotas could
have a material adverse effect on our business.
The leases on the buildings at our main campus in
Sunnyvale, California expire in September 2010, and we may incur
costs and experience delays in connection with moving to new
facilities.
Our corporate headquarters and most of our U.S. operations
are housed in two leased buildings in Sunnyvale. These leases
expire in September 2010. Consequently, we recently entered into
a lease to occupy a building close to our existing facilities.
We are currently making plans to move to the new facility prior
to the expiration of our current lease. The new facility
requires substantial improvements and outfitting in order to be
suitable for our occupancy. If construction is delayed, or if
occupancy permits are not granted in time, we may not be able to
move prior to the expiration of our current lease. If for any
reason we are required to extend our current lease on a
short-term basis, we could incur additional rent expenses and
other costs. Additionally, we expect to incur moving costs and
may also experience significant potential disruption to our
business activities at the time of moving to a new facility.
The ongoing threat of terrorism has created great
uncertainty and may continue to harm our business.
Current conditions in the U.S. and global economies are
uncertain. The terrorist attacks in the U.S. in 2001 and
subsequent terrorist attacks in other parts of the world have
created many economic and political uncertainties that have
severely impacted the global economy, and have adversely
affected our business. For example, following the 2001 terrorist
attacks in the U.S., we experienced a further decline in demand
for our products. The long-term effects of the attacks, the
situation in the Middle East and the ongoing war on terrorism on
our business and on the global economy remain unknown. Moreover,
the potential for
37
future terrorist attacks has created additional uncertainty and
makes it difficult to estimate the stability and strength of the
U.S. and other economies and the impact of economic
conditions on our business.
The markets in which we, our customers and our suppliers
operate are subject to the risk of earthquakes and other natural
disasters.
Our headquarters and the majority of our operations are located
in California, which is prone to earthquakes, and some of the
other locations in which we, our customers and suppliers conduct
business are prone to natural disasters. In the event that any
of our business centers are affected by any such disasters, we
may sustain damage to our operations and properties and suffer
significant financial losses. Furthermore, we rely on
third-party manufacturers for the production of many of our
products, and any disruption in the business or operations of
such manufacturers could adversely impact our business. In
addition, if there is a major earthquake or other natural
disaster in any of the locations in which our significant
customers are located, we face the risk that our customers may
incur losses, or sustained business interruption
and/or loss
which may materially impair their ability to continue their
purchase of products from us. A major earthquake or other
natural disaster in the markets in which we, our customers or
suppliers operate could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition, results of operations or cash
flows.
Some anti-takeover provisions contained in our certificate
of incorporation, bylaws and stockholder rights plan, as well as
provisions of Delaware law, could impair a takeover
attempt.
We have provisions in our certificate of incorporation and
bylaws, each of which could have the effect of rendering more
difficult or discouraging an acquisition deemed undesirable by
our Board of Directors. These include provisions:
|
|
|
|
|
authorizing blank check preferred stock, which could be issued
with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to
our common stock;
|
|
|
|
limiting the liability of, and providing indemnification to, our
directors and officers;
|
|
|
|
limiting the ability of our stockholders to call and bring
business before special meetings;
|
|
|
|
requiring advance notice of stockholder proposals for business
to be conducted at meetings of our stockholders and for
nominations of candidates for election to our Board of Directors;
|
|
|
|
controlling the procedures for conduct and scheduling of Board
and stockholder meetings; and
|
|
|
|
providing the Board of Directors with the express power to
postpone previously scheduled annual meetings and to cancel
previously scheduled special meetings.
|
These provisions, alone or together, could delay hostile
takeovers and changes in control or management of us.
In addition, we have adopted a stockholder rights plan. The
rights are not intended to prevent a takeover of us, and we
believe these rights will help our negotiations with any
potential acquirers. However, if the Board of Directors believes
that a particular acquisition is undesirable, the rights may
have the effect of rendering more difficult or discouraging that
acquisition. The rights would cause substantial dilution to a
person or group that attempts to acquire us on terms or in a
manner not approved by our Board of Directors, except pursuant
to an offer conditioned upon redemption of the rights.
38
As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of
Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation law, which prevents some stockholders holding more
than 15% of our outstanding common stock from engaging in
certain business combinations without approval of the holders of
substantially all of our outstanding common stock.
Any provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, our
stockholder rights plan or Delaware law that has the effect of
delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the
opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their
shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that
some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.
Our common stock price may be extremely volatile, and the
value of your investment may decline.
Our common stock price has been highly volatile. We expect that
this volatility will continue in the future due to factors such
as:
|
|
|
|
|
general market and economic conditions;
|
|
|
|
actual or anticipated variations in operating results;
|
|
|
|
announcements of technological innovations, new products or new
services by us or by our competitors or customers;
|
|
|
|
changes in financial estimates or recommendations by stock
market analysts regarding us or our competitors;
|
|
|
|
announcements by us or our competitors of significant
acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital
commitments;
|
|
|
|
announcements by our customers regarding end market conditions
and the status of existing and future infrastructure network
deployments;
|
|
|
|
additions or departures of key personnel; and
|
|
|
|
future equity or debt offerings or our announcements of these
offerings.
|
In addition, in recent years, the stock market in general, and
the NASDAQ Stock Market and the securities of technology
companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and
volume fluctuations. These fluctuations have often been
unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of
individual companies. These broad market fluctuations have in
the past and may in the future materially and adversely affect
our stock price, regardless of our operating results. Investors
may be unable to sell their shares of our common stock at or
above the purchase price.
Our stock price may decline if additional shares are sold
in the market.
Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common
stock by our existing stockholders in the public market, or the
perception that these sales could occur, may cause the market
price of our common stock to decline. In addition, we may be
required to issue additional shares upon exercise of previously
granted options that are currently outstanding. Increased sales
of our common stock in the market after exercise of currently
outstanding options could exert significant downward pressure on
our stock price. These sales also might make it more difficult
for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future
at a time and price we deem appropriate.
39
If securities analysts do not continue to publish research
or reports about our business, or if they downgrade our stock,
the price of our stock could decline.
The trading market for our common stock relies in part on the
availability of research and reports that third-party industry
or financial analysts publish about us. Further, if one or more
of the analysts who do cover us downgrade our stock, our stock
price may decline. If one or more of these analysts cease
coverage of us, we could lose visibility in the market, which in
turn could cause the liquidity of our stock and our stock price
to decline.
Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Item 2.
Properties
All of our facilities are leased, including our principal
operations and corporate headquarters in Sunnyvale, California.
We also have research and development centers in New York and
New Jersey, several sales offices in the U.S., sales and support
centers in Europe and Asia, and research and development centers
in Israel and Hong Kong. Our leases, which expire at various
dates through December 2019, are for approximately
657,000 square feet of space. We recently entered into a
lease to relocate our corporate headquarters to San Jose,
California. This new lease has a term of ten years and is for
approximately 188,000 square feet of space, which will
house our manufacturing, research and development and corporate
headquarters functions. We believe that these facilities that we
currently occupy or intend to occupy are adequate for our
current needs and that suitable additional space will be
available as needed to accommodate the foreseeable expansion of
our operations.
In the U.S., of the 338,000 square feet under lease for our
current headquarters, approximately 178,000 square feet is
in excess of our requirements and we no longer occupy, do not
intend to occupy, or have subleased the excess square footage.
The estimated loss on subleases has been included in the excess
facilities charges recorded in 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007 and 2008.
In the third quarter of 2006 we completed the facilities
rationalization plan of our Sunnyvale campus which resulted in
more efficient use of our leased space and we vacated several
buildings and recorded a net charge of $2.1 million for
excess facilities. In the third quarter of 2007 we extended a
sublease for the remaining term of a lease which resulted in a
$1.8 million reduction to the excess facilities liability.
In 2007 we recorded a restructuring charge of $0.4 million
on a reduction in estimated sublease income for a Sunnyvale
building, and a charge of $0.5 million from the closure of
the manufacturing and research and development activities of
Broadcast Technology Limited. In 2008, we recorded a charge in
selling, general and administrative expenses for excess
facilities of $1.4 million from a revised estimate of
expected sublease income for buildings located in Sunnyvale and
the United Kingdom. In the second quarter of 2009, we recorded a
charge in selling, general and administrative expenses for
excess facilities of $0.3 million from the closure of the
Scopus New Jersey office. The Sunnyvale leases terminate in
September 2010, the leases for facilities in the United Kingdom
terminate in October 2010 and the estimated liability is net of
any estimated sublease income relating to these three locations
as of December 31, 2009.
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings
SHAREHOLDER
LITIGATION
On May 15, 2003, a derivative action purporting to be on
our behalf was filed in the Superior Court for the County of
Santa Clara against certain current and former officers and
directors. The derivative action alleged facts similar to those
alleged in the securities class action filed in 2000 and settled
in 2008. The securities class action alleged that, by making
false or misleading statements regarding Harmonics
prospects and customers and its acquisition of C-Cube, certain
defendants violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the
Exchange Act. The complaint in the securities class action
litigation also alleged that certain
40
defendants violated Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and
Sections 11, 12(a)(2), and 15 of the Securities Act, by
filing a false or misleading registration statement, prospectus,
and joint proxy in connection with the C-Cube acquisition. On
March 20, 2009, the Court hearing the derivative action
granted final approval of a settlement in connection with the
matter, which settlement released Harmonics officers and
directors from all claims brought in the derivative lawsuit, and
the Company paid $550,000 for the plaintiffs
attorneys fees.
OTHER
LITIGATION
On July 3, 2003, Stanford University and Litton Systems
filed a complaint in U.S. District Court for the Central
District of California alleging that optical fiber amplifiers
incorporated into certain of Harmonics products infringe
U.S. Patent No. 4859016. This patent expired in
September 2003. The complaint sought injunctive relief,
royalties and damages. On August 6, 2007, the District
Court granted our motion to dismiss. The plaintiffs appealed
this motion and on June 19, 2008 the U.S. Court of
Appeals for the Federal Circuit issued a decision which vacated
the District Courts decision and remanded for further
proceedings. At a scheduling conference on September 6,
2008, the judge ordered the parties to mediation. Following the
mediation sessions, Harmonic and Litton entered into a
settlement agreement on January 15, 2009. The settlement
agreement provides that in exchange for a one-time lump sum
payment from Harmonic to Litton of $5 million, Litton
(i) will not bring suit against Harmonic, any of its
affiliates, customers, vendors, representatives, distributors,
and its contract manufacturers from having any liability for
making, using, offering for sale, importing,
and/or
selling any Harmonic products that may have incorporated
technology that was alleged to have infringed on one or more of
the relevant patents and (ii) released Harmonic from any
liability for making, using or selling any Harmonic products
that may have infringed on such patents. The Company recorded a
provision of $5.0 million in its selling, general and
administrative expenses for the year ended December 31,
2008. Harmonic paid the settlement amount in January 2009.
Harmonic may be subject to claims that have arisen in the normal
course of business. In the opinion of management the amount of
ultimate liability with respect to these matters in the
aggregate will not have a material adverse effect on the Company
or its operating results, financial position or cash flows.
41
PART II
|
|
Item 5.
|
Market
for Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters
and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
Market information: Harmonics common stock is traded on
the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol HLIT, and has been
listed on NASDAQ since Harmonics initial public offering
on May 22, 1995. The following table sets forth, for the
periods indicated, the high and low sales price per share of the
Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global Market:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
$
|
11.35
|
|
|
$
|
7.40
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
10.60
|
|
|
|
7.43
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
9.78
|
|
|
|
7.42
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
|
8.89
|
|
|
|
3.76
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
$
|
7.00
|
|
|
$
|
4.46
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
7.85
|
|
|
|
5.07
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
7.07
|
|
|
|
5.24
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
|
6.84
|
|
|
|
4.77
|
|
Holders of record: At February 18, 2010 there were
396 stockholders of record of Harmonics Common Stock.
Dividends: Harmonic has never declared or paid any
dividends on its capital stock. Harmonic currently expects to
retain future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and
expansion of its business and does not anticipate paying any
cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Harmonics line
of credit includes covenants prohibiting the payment of
dividends.
Securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation
plans: The disclosure required by Item 201(d) of
Regulation S-K
will be set forth in the 2010 Proxy Statement under the caption
Equity Plan Information and is incorporated herein
by reference.
Sales of unregistered securities: Not applicable.
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
Use of proceeds: Not applicable.
|
|
|
|
|
(c)
|
Purchase of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated
purchasers: During the three months ended December 31,
2009, Harmonic did not, nor did any of its affiliated entities,
repurchase any of Harmonics equity securities.
|
42
PERFORMANCE
GRAPH
Set forth below is a line graph comparing the annual percentage
change in the cumulative return to the stockholders of the
Companys common stock with the cumulative return of the
NASDAQ Telecom Index and of the Standard & Poors
(S&P) 500 Index for the period commencing December 31,
2004 and ending on December 31, 2009. The graph assumes
that $100 was invested in each of the Companys common
stock, the S&P 500 and the NASDAQ Telecom Index on
December 31, 2004, and assumes the reinvestment of
dividends, if any. The comparisons shown in the graph below are
based upon historical data. Harmonic cautions that the stock
price performance shown in the graph below is not indicative of,
nor intended to forecast, the potential future performance of
the Companys common stock.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12/31/04
|
|
12/31/05
|
|
12/31/06
|
|
12/31/07
|
|
12/31/08
|
|
12/31/09
|
|
Harmonic Inc.
|
|
100.00
|
|
58.15
|
|
87.17
|
|
125.66
|
|
67.27
|
|
75.90
|
NASDAQ Telecom Index
|
|
100.00
|
|
91.66
|
|
119.67
|
|
132.55
|
|
77.09
|
|
107.17
|
S&P 500 Index
|
|
100.00
|
|
104.91
|
|
121.48
|
|
128.16
|
|
80.74
|
|
102.11
|
43
Item 6.
Selected Financial Data
The data set forth below are qualified in their entirety by
reference to, and should be read in conjunction with,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and the Consolidated
Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere in
this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In thousands,
except per share data)
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
319,566
|
|
|
$
|
364,963
|
|
|
$
|
311,204
|
|
|
$
|
247,684
|
|
|
$
|
257,378
|
|
Gross profit(1)
|
|
|
134,360
|
|
|
|
177,533
|
|
|
|
134,075
|
|
|
|
101,446
|
|
|
|
93,948
|
|
Income (loss) from operations(1)(2)
|
|
|
(12,035
|
)
|
|
|
39,305
|
|
|
|
19,258
|
|
|
|
(3,722
|
)
|
|
|
(7,044
|
)
|
Net income (loss)(1)
|
|
|
(24,139
|
)
|
|
|
63,992
|
|
|
|
23,421
|
|
|
|
1,007
|
|
|
|
(5,731
|
)
|
Basic net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
(0.25
|
)
|
|
|
0.68
|
|
|
|
0.29
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
(0.08
|
)
|
Diluted net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
(0.25
|
)
|
|
|
0.67
|
|
|
|
0.28
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
(0.08
|
)
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments
|
|
$
|
271,070
|
|
|
$
|
327,163
|
|
|
$
|
269,260
|
|
|
$
|
92,371
|
|
|
$
|
110,828
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
325,185
|
|
|
|
375,131
|
|
|
|
283,276
|
|
|
|
97,398
|
|
|
|
117,353
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
572,034
|
|
|
|
564,363
|
|
|
|
475,779
|
|
|
|
281,962
|
|
|
|
226,297
|
|
Long term debt, including current portion
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
460
|
|
|
|
1,272
|
|
Long-term financing liability
|
|
|
6,908
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity
|
|
|
407,473
|
|
|
|
414,317
|
|
|
|
334,413
|
|
|
|
145,134
|
|
|
|
112,982
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.
|
The 2009 loss from operations and net loss included a charge of
$3.4 million for acquisition costs related to the Scopus
acquisition completed in March 2009. In addition, the 2009 loss
from operations and net loss included approximately
$8.3 million of restructuring charges related to the Scopus
acquisition. These charges included approximately
$6.3 million in cost of sales primarily related to
provisions for excess and obsolete inventories of
$5.8 million and $0.5 million for severance and other
expenses. Charges of approximately $2.0 million were
recorded in operating expenses related to the Scopus acquisition
consisting primarily of severance costs.
|
The 2008 income from operations and net income included a charge
of $5.0 million for the settlement of a patent infringement
claim, a restructuring charge of $1.8 million on a
reduction in estimated sublease income for Sunnyvale, California
and UK buildings and an impairment charge of $0.8 million
on a short-term investment. We also recognized a benefit from
income taxes of $18.0 million resulting from the use of net
operating loss carryforwards and the release of the substantial
majority of our income tax valuation allowance.
The 2007 income from operations and net income included a charge
of $6.4 million for the settlement of the securities class
action lawsuit, a restructuring charge of $0.4 million on a
reduction in estimated sublease income for a Sunnyvale building
and a charge of $0.5 million from the closure of the
manufacturing and research and development activities of
Broadcast Technology Limited. This was partially offset by a
credit of $1.8 million from a revised estimate of expected
sublease income due to the extension of a sublease of a building
to the lease expiration. The acquisition of Rhozet in July 2007
resulted in a charge of $0.7 million related to the
write-off of acquired in-process technology.
The 2006 gross profit, loss from operations and net income
included a charge of $3.0 million for restructuring charges
associated with a management reduction and a campus
consolidation. An impairment expense of $1.0 million was
recorded in 2006 due to the writedown of the remaining balance
of the BTL intangibles.
The 2005 gross profit, loss from operations and net loss
included a charge of $8.4 million for the writedown of
inventory resulting primarily from the introduction of new
products and the related obsolescence of existing inventory.
Operating expenses included an expense of $1.1 million for
severance costs from the consolidation of the Companys two
operating segments into a single segment effective as of
January 1, 2006, and a benefit of $1.1 million from
the reversal of previously recorded excess facilities costs due
to subleasing an excess facility.
44
|
|
|
|
2.
|
Income (loss) from operations for 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006 and
2005 included amortization and impairment expenses of intangible
assets of $11.9 million, $6.1 million,
$5.3 million, $2.2 million and $2.6 million,
respectively. In 2006 an impairment charge of $1.0 million
was recorded to write-off the remaining balance of the
intangibles from the BTL acquisition.
|
|
|
3.
|
On January 1, 2006, we adopted revised accounting guidance
for share-based payments, which required the measurement and
recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment
awards made to employees and directors, including employee stock
options, restricted stock units and awards related to our
Employee Stock Purchase Plan based upon the grant-date fair
value of those awards.
|
|
|
4.
|
On January 1, 2007, we adopted revised accounting guidance
for accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. The effect of
adopting this revised accounting guidance was an increase in the
Companys accumulated deficit of $2.1 million for
interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits that
existed at January 1, 2007.
|
|
|
5.
|
On December 8, 2006, we acquired Entone Technologies, Inc.
for a purchase price of $48.9 million. Entone markets a
software solution which facilitates the provisioning of
personalized video services, including
video-on-demand,
network personal video recording, time-shifted television and
targeted advertisement insertion. See Note 3
Acquisitions of the Companys Consolidated
Financial Statements for additional information.
|
|
|
6.
|
On July 31, 2007, we acquired Rhozet Corporation for a
purchase price of $16.2 million. Rhozet develops and
markets software-based transcoding solutions that facilitate the
creation of multi-format video for Internet, mobile and
broadcast solutions. See Note 3 Acquisitions of
the Companys Consolidated Financial Statements for
additional information.
|
|
|
7.
|
On March 12, 2009, we acquired Scopus Video Networks for a
purchase price of $63.1 million, net of cash received.
Scopus engages in the development and support of digital video
networking products that allow network operators to transmit,
process, and manage digital video content. Scopus primary
products include integrated receivers/decoders
(IRD), intelligent video gateways (IVG),
and encoders. In addition, Scopus markets multiplexers, network
management systems (NMS), and other ancillary
technology to its customers. See Note 3
Acquisitions of the Companys Consolidated
Financial Statements for additional information.
|
Item 7.
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations
OVERVIEW
We design, manufacture and sell versatile and high performance
video products and system solutions that enable service
providers to efficiently deliver the next generation of
broadcast and on-demand services, including high-definition
television, or HDTV,
video-on-demand,
or VOD, network personal video recording and time-shifted TV.
Historically, the majority of our sales have been derived from
sales of video processing solutions and edge and access systems
to cable television operators and from sales of video processing
solutions to
direct-to-home
satellite operators. We also provide our video processing
solutions to telecommunications companies, or telcos,
broadcasters and Internet companies that offer video services to
their customers.
Harmonics net sales decreased by 12% in 2009 from 2008.
The decrease in sales in 2009 compared to 2008 was primarily due
to weaker demand from our domestic cable and satellite
customers, and our European cable customers, for edge products
and solutions primarily related to VOD, switched digital video,
modular Cable Modem Termination System, or M-CMTS deployments,
and HDTV. We experienced a lower gross margin percentage in 2009
compared to 2008 primarily due to manufacturing costs associated
with the Scopus operations, lower gross margins on sales of edge
and access products due to competitive pricing pressures and the
deployment of our new Octal platform, which platform carries
lower initial gross margins than our average gross margins, and
increased amortization of intangibles expense. Our operating
results in 2009 included a charge of $3.4 million for
acquisition costs associated with the Scopus acquisition.
Harmonics net sales increased by 17% in 2008 from 2007.
The increase in sales in 2008 compared to 2007 was primarily due
to stronger demand from our domestic and international satellite
operators and our domestic cable operators, and sales of our
recently introduced products. We also experienced an improved
gross margin percentage in 2008 compared to 2007 primarily due
to higher gross margins from new products and an increase in the
proportion of net sales from software, which has higher margins
than our hardware products. Our operating results in 2008
included a charge of $5.0 million for the settlement
45
of a patent litigation lawsuit. We also recognized a benefit
from income taxes of $18.0 million resulting from the use
of net operating loss carryforwards and the release of the
substantial majority of our income tax valuation allowance.
Adverse economic conditions in markets in which we operate and
into which we sell our products can harm our business. Recently,
economic conditions in the countries in which we operate and
sell products have become increasingly negative, and global
financial markets have experienced a severe downturn stemming
from a multitude of factors, including adverse credit conditions
impacted by the subprime-mortgage crisis, slower economic
activity, concerns about inflation and deflation, increased
energy costs, decreased consumer confidence, rapid changes in
foreign exchange rates, reduced corporate profits and capital
spending, adverse business conditions and liquidity concerns and
other factors. Economic growth in the U.S. and in many
other countries slowed in the fourth quarter of 2007, remained
slow during 2008, and slowed further in 2009 in the U.S. and
internationally. During challenging economic times, and in tight
credit markets, many customers may delay or reduce capital
expenditures. This could result in reductions in sales of our
products, longer sales cycles, difficulties in collection of
accounts receivable, excess and obsolete inventory, gross margin
deterioration, slower adoption of new technologies, increased
price competition and supplier difficulties. For example, we
believe that the recent global economic slowdown caused certain
customers to reduce or delay capital spending plans in the
fourth quarter of 2008 and most of 2009, and expect that these
conditions could persist well into 2010. In addition, during
challenging economic times, we are likely to experience
increased price-based competition from our competitors, which
may result in lost sales or force us to reduce the prices of our
products, which would reduce our revenues and could adversely
affect our gross margin.
Historically, a majority of our net sales have been to
relatively few customers, due in part to the consolidation of
ownership of cable television and direct broadcast satellite
systems. We expect this customer concentration to continue for
the foreseeable future. In 2009, sales to Comcast accounted for
16% of net sales. In 2008, sales to Comcast and EchoStar
accounted for 20% and 12% of net sales, respectively. In 2007,
sales to Comcast and EchoStar accounted for 16% and 12% of net
sales, respectively.
Sales to customers outside of the U.S. in 2009, 2008, and
2007 represented 49%, 44%, and 44% of net sales, respectively. A
significant portion of international sales are made to
distributors and system integrators, which are generally
responsible for importing the products and providing
installation and technical support and service to customers
within their territory. Sales denominated in foreign currencies
were approximately 7%, 6% and 7% of net sales in 2009, 2008 and
2007, respectively. We expect international sales to continue to
account for a substantial portion of our net sales for the
foreseeable future, and expect that, partially as a result of
the acquisition of Scopus, our international sales may increase.
Harmonic often recognizes a significant portion, or the
majority, of its revenues in the last month of the quarter.
Harmonic establishes its expenditure levels for product
development and other operating expenses based on projected
sales levels, and expenses are relatively fixed in the short
term. Accordingly, variations in timing of sales can cause
significant fluctuations in operating results. In addition,
because a significant portion of Harmonics business is
derived from orders placed by a limited number of large
customers, the timing of such orders, delays in project
completion and revenue recognition policies can also cause
significant fluctuations in our operating results.
Harmonics expenses for any given quarter are typically
based on expected sales and if sales are below expectations, our
operating results may be adversely impacted by our inability to
adjust spending to compensate for the shortfall.
On March 12, 2009, Harmonic completed its acquisition of
Scopus Video Networks Ltd., a publicly traded company organized
under the laws of Israel, pursuant to the terms of the Agreement
and Plan of Merger dated December 22, 2008. Under the terms
of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, Harmonic paid $5.62 per
share in cash for all of the outstanding ordinary shares of
Scopus, which represents an enterprise value of approximately
$63.1 million, net of Scopus cash and short-term
investments. The acquisition of Scopus was intended to extend
Harmonics worldwide customer base and strengthen its
market and technology leadership, particularly in video
broadcast in international markets, and the contribution and
distribution markets.
46
On July 31, 2007, Harmonic completed its acquisition of
Rhozet Corporation, pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and
Plan of Merger, or Rhozet Agreement, dated July 25, 2007.
Under the Rhozet Agreement, Harmonic paid or will pay an
aggregate of approximately $15.5 million in total merger
consideration, comprised of approximately $2.5 million in
cash, 1,105,656 shares of Harmonics common stock in
exchange for all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of
Rhozet, and approximately $2.8 million of cash which was
paid in the first quarter of 2008, as provided in the Rhozet
Agreement, to the holders of outstanding options to acquire
Rhozet common stock. In addition, in connection with the
acquisition, Harmonic incurred approximately $0.7 million
in transaction costs. Pursuant to the Rhozet Agreement,
approximately $2.3 million of the total merger
consideration, consisting of cash and shares of Harmonic common
stock, was held back by Harmonic for at least 18 months
following the closing of the acquisition to satisfy certain
indemnification obligations of Rhozets shareholders
pursuant to the terms of the Rhozet Agreement, and all holdback
amounts were released during 2009.
On December 8, 2006, Harmonic completed its acquisition of
Entone Technologies, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the Agreement
and Plan of Merger, or Entone Agreement, dated August 21,
2006, for a total purchase consideration of $48.9 million.
The purchase consideration consisted of a payment of
$26.2 million, the issuance of 3,579,715 shares of
Harmonic common stock with a value of $20.1 million,
issuance of 175,342 options to purchase Harmonic common stock
with a value of $0.2 million and acquisition-related costs
of $2.5 million. Under the terms of the Entone Agreement,
Entone spun off its consumer premises equipment, or CPE,
business into a separate private company prior to the closing of
the merger. As part of the terms of the Entone Agreement,
Harmonic purchased a convertible note with a face amount of
$2.5 million in the new spun off private company in July
2007. The convertible note was sold to a third party for
approximately $2.6 million during 2008.
In the fourth quarter of 2007, we sold and issued
12,500,000 shares of common stock in a public offering at a
price of $12.00 per share. Our net proceeds from the offering
were approximately $141.8 million, which was net of
underwriters discounts and commissions of approximately
$7.4 million and related legal, accounting, printing and
other costs totaling approximately $0.7 million. The net
proceeds from the offering have been and are expected to
continue to be used for general corporate purposes, including
payment of existing liabilities, research and development, the
development or acquisition of new products or technologies,
equipment acquisitions, strategic acquisitions of businesses,
general working capital and operating expenses.
In the third quarter of 2007, we recorded a credit of
$1.8 million from a revised estimate of expected sublease
income due to the extension of a sublease of a Sunnyvale
building to the lease expiration. In addition, in 2007 we
recorded a restructuring charge of $0.4 million on a
reduction in estimated sublease income for a Sunnyvale building,
and a charge of $0.5 million from the closure of the
manufacturing and research and development activities of
Broadcast Technology Limited.
During the second quarter of 2008, we recorded a charge in
selling, general and administrative expenses for excess
facilities of $1.2 million from a revised estimate of
expected sublease income of a Sunnyvale building. The lease for
such building terminates in September 2010 and the estimated
liability is net of estimated sublease income. During the third
quarter of 2008, we recorded a charge in selling, general and
administrative expenses for excess facilities of
$0.2 million from a revised estimate of expected sublease
income of two buildings in the United Kingdom. The leases for
these buildings terminate in October 2010 and the estimated
liability is net of estimated sublease income.
In the first quarter of 2009, the Company recorded a total of
$7.4 million of expenses related to activities resulting
from the Scopus acquisition, including the termination of
approximately 65 Scopus employees. A charge of $6.3 million
was recorded in cost of sales, primarily consisting of excess
and obsolete inventories expenses from product discontinuances
and severance expenses for terminated Scopus employees. Research
and development expenses were $0.6 million for terminated
Scopus employees. Selling, general and administrative expenses
totaled $0.5 million consisting primarily of severance
expenses for terminated Scopus employees.
In the second quarter of 2009, the Company recorded an excess
facilities expense of $0.3 million related to the closure
of the Scopus New Jersey office. In addition, a charge of
$0.5 million was recorded in selling, general and
administrative expenses
47
related to severance expenses for terminated Scopus employees
and a charge totaling $0.5 million was recorded in cost of
sales and operating expenses related to severance expenses for
other terminated employees.
We are in the process of expanding our international operations
and staffing to better support our expansion into international
markets. This expansion includes the implementation of an
international structure that includes, among other things, an
international support center in Europe, a research and
development cost-sharing arrangement, certain licenses and other
contractual arrangements by and among the Company and its
wholly-owned domestic and foreign subsidiaries. Our foreign
subsidiaries have acquired certain rights to sell our existing
intellectual property and intellectual property that will be
developed or licensed in the future. As a result of these
changes and an expanding customer base internationally, we
expect that an increasing percentage of our consolidated pre-tax
income will be derived from, and reinvested in, our
international operations. We anticipate that this pre-tax income
will be subject to foreign tax at relatively lower tax rates
when compared to the United States federal statutory tax rate in
future periods.
Critical
Accounting Policies, Judgments and Estimates
The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures
requires Harmonic to make judgments, assumptions and estimates
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the
disclosure of contingencies and the reported amounts of revenue
and expenses in the financial statements and accompanying notes.
Material differences may result in the amount and timing of
revenue and expenses if different judgments or different
estimates were made. See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements for details of Harmonics accounting
policies. Critical accounting policies, judgments and estimates
which we believe have the most significant impact on
Harmonics financial statements are set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue recognition;
|
|
|
|
Allowances for doubtful accounts, returns and discounts;
|
|
|
|
Valuation of inventories;
|
|
|
|
Impairment of goodwill or long-lived assets;
|
|
|
|
Restructuring costs and accruals for excess facilities;
|
|
|
|
Assessment of the probability of the outcome of current
litigation;
|
|
|
|
Accounting for income taxes; and
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation.
|
Revenue
Recognition
Harmonics principal sources of revenue are from sales of
hardware products, software products, solution sales, services
and hardware and software maintenance agreements. Harmonic
recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement
exists, delivery has occurred or services have been provided,
the sale price is fixed or determinable, collection is
reasonably assured, and risk of loss and title have transferred
to the customer.
48
We generally use contracts and customer purchase orders to
determine the existence of an arrangement. Shipping documents
and customer acceptance, when applicable, are used to verify
delivery. We assess whether the sales price is fixed or
determinable based on the payment terms associated with the
transaction and whether the price is subject to refund or
adjustment. We assess collectability based primarily on the
creditworthiness of the customer as determined by credit checks
and analysis, as well as the customers payment history.
We evaluate our products to assess whether software is
more-than-incidental
to a product. When we conclude that software is
more-than-incidental
to a product, we account for the product as a software product.
Revenue on software products and software-related elements are
recognized in accordance with applicable accounting guidance.
Significant judgment may be required in determining whether a
product is a software or hardware product.
Revenue from hardware product sales is recognized in accordance
with the applicable accounting guidance on revenue recognition.
Subject to other revenue recognition provisions, revenue on
product sales is recognized when risk of loss and title has
transferred, which is generally upon shipment or delivery, based
on the terms of the arrangement. Revenue on shipments to
distributors, resellers and systems integrators is generally
recognized on delivery or sell-in. Allowances are provided for
estimated returns and discounts. Such allowances are adjusted
periodically to reflect actual and anticipated experience.
Distributors and systems integrators purchase our products for
specific capital equipment projects of the end-user and do not
hold inventory. They perform functions that include importation,
delivery to the end-customer, installation or integration, and
post-sales service and support. Our agreements with these
distributors and systems integrators have terms which are
generally consistent with the standard terms and conditions for
the sale of our equipment to end users and do not provide for
product rotation or pricing allowances, as are typically found
in agreements with stocking distributors. We have long-term
relationships with most of these distributors and systems
integrators and substantial experience with similar sales of
similar products. We do have instances of accepting product
returns from distributors and system integrators. However such
returns typically occur in instances where the system integrator
has designed a component into a project for the end user but the
integrator requests to return product that does not meet the
specific projects functional requirements. Such returns
are made solely at the discretion of the Company, as our
agreements with distributors and system integrators do not
provide for return rights. We have had extensive experience
monitoring product returns from our distributors and
accordingly, we have concluded that the amount of future returns
can be reasonably estimated in accordance with applicable
accounting guidance. With respect to these sales, we evaluate
the terms of sale and recognize revenue when persuasive evidence
of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have
been provided, the sales price is fixed or determinable,
collectability is reasonably assured, and risk of loss and title
have transferred.
When arrangements contain multiple elements, Harmonic evaluates
all deliverables in the arrangement at the outset of the
arrangement based on the applicable accounting guidance for
revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables. If the
undelivered elements qualify as separate units of accounting
based on the applicable accounting guidance, which include that
the delivered elements have value to the customer on a
stand-alone basis and that objective and reliable evidence of
fair value exists for undelivered elements, Harmonic allocates
the arrangement fee based on the relative fair value of the
elements of the arrangement. If a delivered element does not
meet the criteria in the applicable accounting guidance to be
considered a separate unit of accounting, revenue is deferred
until the undelivered elements are fulfilled. We establish fair
value by reference to the price the customer is required to pay
when an item is sold separately using contractually stated,
substantive renewal rates, when applicable, or the average price
of recently completed stand alone sales transactions.
Accordingly, the determination as to whether appropriate
objective and reliable evidence of fair value exists can impact
the timing of revenue recognition for an arrangement.
For multiple element arrangements that include both hardware
products and software products, Harmonic evaluates the
arrangement based on the applicable accounting guidance for
non-software deliverables in an arrangement containing
more-than-incidental
software. In accordance with the applicable accounting guidance,
the arrangement is divided between
49
software-related elements and non-software deliverables.
Software-related elements are accounted for as software.
Software-related elements include all non-software deliverables
for which a software deliverable is essential to its
functionality. When software arrangements contain multiple
elements and vendor specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of
fair value exists for all undelivered elements, Harmonic
accounts for the delivered elements using the residual method.
In arrangements where VSOE of fair value is not available for
all undelivered elements, we defer the recognition of all
revenue until all elements, except post contract support, have
been delivered. When post contract support remains the only
undelivered element for such contracts, revenue is then
recognized using the residual method. Fair value of
software-related elements is based on separate sales to other
customers or upon renewal rates quoted in contracts when the
quoted renewal rates are deemed to be substantive.
We also enter into solution sales for the design, manufacture,
test, integration and installation of products to the
specifications of Harmonics customers, including equipment
acquired from third parties to be integrated with
Harmonics products. These arrangements typically include
the configuration of system interfaces between Harmonic product
and customer/third party equipment, and optimization of the
overall solution to operate with the unique features of the
customers design and to meet customer-specific performance
requirements. Revenue on these arrangements is generally
recognized using the percentage of completion method in
accordance with applicable accounting guidance for accounting
for performance of construction/production contracts. We measure
performance under the percentage of completion method using the
efforts-expended method based on current estimates of labor
hours to complete the project. Management believes that for each
such project, labor hours expended in proportion to total
estimated hours at completion represents the most reliable and
meaningful measure for determining a projects progress
toward completion. If the estimated costs to complete a project
exceed the total contract amount, indicating a loss, the entire
anticipated loss is recognized. Deferred revenue includes
billings in excess of revenue recognized, net of deferred costs
of sales. Our application of
percentage-of-completion
accounting is subject to our estimates of labor hours to
complete each project. In the event that actual results differ
from these estimates or we adjust these estimates in future
periods, our operating results, financial position or cash flows
for a particular period could be adversely affected. During the
years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, we recorded losses
of approximately $0.3 million and $0.4 million,
respectively, related to loss contracts.
Revenue from hardware and software maintenance agreements is
recognized ratably over the term of the maintenance agreement.
First year maintenance typically is included in the original
arrangement and renewed on an annual basis thereafter. Services
revenue is recognized on performance of the services and costs
associated with services are recognized as incurred. Fair value
of services such as consulting and training is based upon
separate sales of these services.
Significant management judgments and estimates must be made in
connection with determination of the revenue to be recognized in
any accounting period. Because of the concentrated nature of our
customer base, different judgments or estimates made for any one
large contract or customer could result in material differences
in the amount and timing of revenue recognized in any particular
period.
Allowances for
Doubtful Accounts, Returns and Discounts
We establish allowances for doubtful accounts, returns and
discounts based on credit profiles of our customers, current
economic trends, contractual terms and conditions and historical
payment, return and discount experience, as well as for known or
expected events. If there were to be a deterioration of a major
customers creditworthiness or if actual defaults, returns
or discounts were higher than our historical experience, our
operating results, financial position and cash flows could be
adversely affected. At December 31, 2009, our allowances
for doubtful accounts, returns and discounts totaled
$5.2 million.
50
Valuation of
Inventories
Harmonic states inventories at the lower of cost or market. We
write down the cost of excess or obsolete inventory to net
realizable value based on future demand forecasts and historical
consumption. If there were to be a sudden and significant
decrease in demand for our products, or if there were a higher
incidence of inventory obsolescence because of rapidly changing
technology and customer requirements, we could be required to
record additional charges for excess and obsolete inventory and
our gross margin could be adversely affected. Inventory
management is of critical importance in order to balance the
need to maintain strategic inventory levels to ensure
competitive lead times against the risk of inventory
obsolescence because of rapidly changing technology and customer
requirements.
Impairment of
Goodwill or Long-lived Assets
We perform an evaluation of the carrying value of goodwill on an
annual basis in the fourth quarter and long-lived assets, such
as intangibles, whenever we become aware of an event or change
in circumstances that would indicate potential impairment. We
evaluate the recoverability of goodwill on the basis of market
capitalization adjusted for a control premium and, if necessary,
discounted cash flows on a Company level, which is the sole
reporting unit. We evaluate the recoverability of intangible
assets and other long-lived assets on the basis of undiscounted
cash flows from each asset group. If impairment is indicated,
provisions for impairment are determined based on fair value,
principally using discounted cash flows. For example, changes in
industry and market conditions or the strategic realignment of
our resources could result in an impairment of identified
intangibles, goodwill or long-lived assets. There can be no
assurance that future impairment tests will not result in a
charge to earnings. At December 31, 2009, our carrying
values for goodwill and intangible assets totaled
$64.0 million and $25.3 million, respectively.
Restructuring Costs
and Accruals for Excess Facilities
For restructuring activities initiated prior to
December 31, 2002 Harmonic recorded restructuring costs
when it committed to an exit plan and significant changes to the
exit plan were not likely. Harmonic determines the excess
facilities accrual based on estimates of expected cash payments
reduced by any sublease rental income for each excess facility.
In the event that Harmonic is unable to achieve expected levels
of sublease rental income, it will need to revise its estimate
of the liability which could materially impact our operating
results, financial position or cash flows. For restructuring
activities initiated after December 31, 2002, Harmonic
adopted revised accounting guidance, which requires that a
liability for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity
be recognized and measured initially at fair value only when the
liability is incurred. At December 31, 2009, our accrual
for excess facilities totaled $5.3 million.
Assessment of the
Probability of the Outcome of Current Litigation
Harmonic records accruals for loss contingencies when it is
probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of
loss can be reasonably estimated. Based on an agreement entered
into on January 15, 2009 to settle its outstanding patent
infringement litigation, Harmonic believed that a probable and
estimable liability had been incurred, and, accordingly,
recorded a provision for $5.0 million in its statement of
operations for the year ended December 31, 2008. Based on a
preliminary agreement to settle its outstanding securities
litigation, Harmonic believed that a probable and estimable
liability had been incurred, and, accordingly, recorded a
provision for $6.4 million in its statement of operations
for the year ended December 31, 2007. In other pending
litigation, Harmonic believes that it either has meritorious
defenses with respect to those actions and claims or is unable
to predict the impact of an adverse action and, accordingly, no
loss contingencies have been accrued. There can be no assurance,
however, that we will prevail. An unfavorable outcome of legal
proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial position, operating results or cash flows.
51
Accounting for
Income Taxes
In preparation of our financial statements, we estimate our
income taxes for each of the jurisdictions in which we operate.
This involves estimating our actual current tax exposures and
assessing temporary differences resulting from differing
treatment of items, such as reserves and accruals, for tax and
accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax
assets and liabilities, which are included within our
consolidated balance sheet.
Significant management judgment is required in determining our
provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and
liabilities and our future taxable income for purposes of
assessing our ability to realize any future benefit from our
deferred tax assets. In the event that actual results differ
from these estimates or we adjust these estimates in future
periods, our operating results and financial position could be
materially affected. During the year ended December 31,
2008, a full release of the valuation allowance against our net
deferred tax assets in the United States and certain foreign
jurisdictions, based on our judgment that it is
more-likely-than-not that our deferred tax assets in the United
States and certain foreign jurisdictions will be recovered from
future taxable income, resulted in a benefit from income taxes
of $53.5 million recorded in our Consolidated Statements of
Operations and a $3.3 million reduction in goodwill.
We are subject to examination of our income tax returns by
various tax authorities on a periodic basis. We regularly assess
the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from such
examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for
income taxes. We adopted the provisions of the applicable
accounting guidance regarding accounting for uncertainty in
income taxes as of the beginning of 2007. Prior to adoption, our
policy was to establish reserves that reflected the probable
outcome of known tax contingencies. The effects of final
resolution, if any, were recognized as changes to the effective
income tax rate in the period of resolution. The applicable
accounting guidance requires application of a
more-likely-than-not threshold to the recognition and
derecognition of uncertain tax positions. If the recognition
threshold is met, the applicable accounting guidance permits us
to recognize a tax benefit measured at the largest amount of tax
benefit that, in our judgment, is more than fifty percent likely
to be realized upon settlement. It further requires that a
change in judgment related to the expected ultimate resolution
of uncertain tax positions be recognized in earnings in the
quarter of such change.
We file annual income tax returns in multiple taxing
jurisdictions around the world. A number of years may elapse
before an uncertain tax position is audited and finally
resolved. While it is often difficult to predict the final
outcome or the timing of resolution of any particular uncertain
tax position, we believe that our reserves for income taxes
reflect the most likely outcome. We adjust these reserves as
well as the related interest and penalties, in light of changing
facts and circumstances. If our estimate of tax liabilities
proves to be less than the ultimate assessment, a further charge
to expense would result. If payment of these amounts ultimately
proves to be unnecessary, the reversal of the liabilities would
result in tax benefits being recognized in the period when we
determine the liabilities are no longer necessary. The changes
in estimate could have a material impact on our financial
position and operating results. In addition, settlement of any
particular position could have a material and adverse effect on
our cash flows and financial position.
Stock-based
Compensation
Harmonic measures and recognizes compensation expense for all
share-based payment awards made to employees and directors,
including stock options, restricted stock units and awards
related to our Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP)
based upon the grant-date fair value of those awards.
Stock-based compensation expense recognized under applicable
accounting guidance on share-based payments for the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $10.6 million,
$7.8 million and $6.2 million, respectively.
52
Applicable accounting guidance requires companies to estimate
the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of
grant. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately
expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite
service period in the Companys Consolidated Statements of
Operations.
Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the
Companys Consolidated Statements of Operations for the
years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 included
compensation expense for share-based payment awards granted
prior to, but not yet vested as of December 31, 2005 based
on the grant date estimated fair value and compensation expense
for the share-based payment awards granted subsequent to
December 31, 2005 based on the grant date estimated fair
value in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance. As
stock-based compensation expense recognized in our results for
the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 is based
on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for
estimated forfeitures. Applicable accounting guidance requires
forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if
necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ
from those estimates.
The fair value of stock options is estimated at grant date using
the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Companys
determination of fair value of stock options on the date of
grant using an option-pricing model is affected by the
Companys stock price as well as the assumptions regarding
a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These
variables include, but are not limited to, the Companys
expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, and
actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors.
The fair value of each restricted stock unit grant is based on
the underlying value of the Companys common stock on the
date of grant.
RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
Harmonics historical consolidated statements of operations
data for each of the three years ended December 31, 2009,
2008, and 2007 as a percentage of net sales, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
Research and development
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Write-off of acquired in-process technology
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Interest and other income, net
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(8
|
)%
|
|
|
18
|
%
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53
Net
Sales
Net Sales
Consolidated
Harmonics consolidated net sales for each of the three
years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, are presented
in the table below. Also presented is the related dollar and
percentage change in consolidated net sales as compared with the
prior year, for each of the two years ended December 31,
2009 and 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands,
except percentages)
|
|
Product Sales Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Video Processing
|
|
$
|
135,034
|
|
|
$
|
137,390
|
|
|
$
|
134,744
|
|
|
|
Edge and Access
|
|
|
117,355
|
|
|
|
165,246
|
|
|
|
125,270
|
|
|
|
Service and Support
|
|
|
39,557
|
|
|
|
33,832
|
|
|
|
28,023
|
|
|
|
Software and Other
|
|
|
27,620
|
|
|
|
28,495
|
|
|
|
23,167
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
319,566
|
|
|
$
|
364,963
|
|
|
$
|
311,204
|
|
|
|
Video Processing increase (decrease)
|
|
$
|
(2,356
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,646
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Edge and Access increase (decrease)
|
|
|
(47,891
|
)
|
|
|
39,976
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service and Support increase
|
|
|
5,725
|
|
|
|
5,809
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Software and Other increase (decrease)
|
|
|
(875
|
)
|
|
|
5,328
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total increase (decrease)
|
|
$
|
(45,397
|
)
|
|
$
|
53,759
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Video Processing percent change
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Edge and Access percent change
|
|
|
(29.0
|
)%
|
|
|
31.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service and Support percent change
|
|
|
16.9
|
%
|
|
|
20.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Software and Other percent change
|
|
|
(3.1
|
)%
|
|
|
23.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total percent change
|
|
|
(12.4
|
)%
|
|
|
17.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales decreased in 2009 compared to 2008 principally due to
weaker demand from domestic satellite operators and cable
operators for their VOD and HDTV deployments and a decrease in
sales to customers internationally. The sales of products of the
video processing product line were lower in 2009 compared to
2008 primarily due to lower purchases of our products from
domestic cable and satellite customers and our European cable
customers. The decrease in sales of products of the edge and
access product lines in 2009 compared to 2008 was primarily due
to a decrease of approximately $33.6 million in sales of
our NSG edge QAM devices for VOD, switched digital and CMTS
deployments by domestic and international cable operators. The
sales of service and support were higher in 2009 compared to
2008 primarily from support revenue, consisting of maintenance
agreements, system integration and customer repairs, principally
due to an increased customer base.
Net sales increased in 2008 compared to 2007 principally due to
stronger demand from domestic satellite operators and cable
operators for their VOD and HDTV deployments, and an increase in
sales to new customers internationally. The sales of products of
the video processing product line were higher in 2008 compared
to 2007 primarily due to increased purchases of our products
from domestic satellite customers. The increase in sales of
products of the edge and access product lines in 2008 compared
to 2007 was primarily due to an increase of approximately
$65.7 million in sales of the Companys NSG edge QAM
devices for VOD, switched digital and CMTS deployments by cable
operators. The sales of software, support and other products was
higher in 2008 compared to 2007 primarily from software sales of
new products and support revenue, consisting of maintenance
agreements, system integration and customer repairs, principally
due to an increased customer base.
54
Net Sales
Geographic
Harmonics domestic and international net sales as compared
with the prior year, for each of the three years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, are presented in the
table below. Also presented is the related dollar and percentage
change in domestic and international net sales as compared with
the prior year, for each of the two years ended
December 31, 2009 and 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands,
except percentages)
|
|
Geographic Sales Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
$
|
162,023
|
|
|
$
|
205,163
|
|
|
$
|
175,257
|
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
157,543
|
|
|
|
159,800
|
|
|
|
135,947
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
319,566
|
|
|
$
|
364,963
|
|
|
$
|
311,204
|
|
|
|
U.S. increase (decrease)
|
|
$
|
(43,140
|
)
|
|
$
|
29,906
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
International increase (decrease)
|
|
|
(2,257
|
)
|
|
|
23,853
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total increase (decrease)
|
|
$
|
(45,397
|
)
|
|
$
|
53,759
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. percent change
|
|
|
(21.0
|
)%
|
|
|
17.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
International percent change
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)%
|
|
|
17.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total percent change
|
|
|
(12.4
|
)%
|
|
|
17.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales in the U.S. decreased in 2009 compared to 2008
primarily due to weaker demand for our products from our
domestic satellite and cable operators for VOD and HDTV
deployments. International sales in 2009 decreased compared to
2008 primarily due to weaker demand from cable operators,
particularly in the European markets although they increased in
the Asian markets, partly as a result of our sales of Scopus
products following the completion of our acquisition of Scopus
in March 2009. We expect that international sales will continue
to account for a substantial portion of our net sales for the
foreseeable future, and expect that, with the completion of the
acquisition of Scopus, our international sales may increase.
Net sales in the U.S. increased in 2008 compared to 2007
primarily due to stronger demand for our products from our
domestic satellite and cable operators for VOD and HDTV
deployments. International sales in 2008 increased compared to
2007 primarily due to stronger demand from cable operators and
an increase in the number of international customers,
particularly in the European and Asian markets.
55
Gross
Profit
Harmonics gross profit and gross profit as a percentage of
consolidated net sales, for each of the three years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 are presented in the
table below. Also presented is the related dollar and percentage
change in gross profit as compared with the prior year, for each
of the two years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands,
except percentages)
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
$
|
134,360
|
|
|
$
|
177,533
|
|
|
$
|
134,075
|
|
|
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
42.0
|
%
|
|
|
48.6
|
%
|
|
|
43.1
|
%
|
|
|
Increase (decrease)
|
|
$
|
(43,173
|
)
|
|
$
|
43,458
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
(24.3
|
)%
|
|
|
32.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The decrease in product gross profit in 2009 compared to 2008
was primarily due to lower sales of $45.4 million, lower
gross margins on sales of edge and access products due to
competitive pricing pressures and the deployment of our new
Octal platform, which platform carries lower initial gross
margins than our average gross margins, provisions totaling
$6.3 million for excess and obsolete inventories associated
with the discontinuance of certain Scopus product lines, the
incurrence of manufacturing overhead costs of $3.5 million
associated with the Scopus operations and an increase of
$2.5 million from amortization of intangibles expense. The
gross margin percentage of 42.0% in 2009 compared to 48.6% in
2008 was lower primarily due to lower gross margins on sales of
edge and access products, increased provisions for excess and
obsolete inventories primarily related to the Scopus
acquisition, the incurrence of manufacturing overhead costs
associated with the Scopus operations, and increased
amortization of intangible assets expense. In 2009,
$8.0 million related to amortization of intangibles expense
was included in cost of sales compared to $5.5 million in
2008. We expect to record a total of approximately
$8.1 million in amortization of intangibles expense in cost
of sales in 2010 related to acquisitions of Entone, Rhozet and
Scopus.
The increase in gross profit in 2008 compared to 2007 was
primarily due to increased sales, partially offset by an
increase of $0.8 million in amortization of intangibles
expense. The gross margin percentage of 48.6% in 2008 compared
to 43.1% in 2007 was higher primarily due to higher gross
margins on sales of recently introduced products, increased
sales of software products, which have higher margins than
hardware products, and lower expense associated with excess and
obsolete inventories of $5.1 million, partially offset by
increased expense from shipping costs of $1.0 million,
warranty expense of $0.8 million and amortization of
intangibles of $0.8 million. In 2008, $5.5 million of
expense related to amortization of intangibles was included in
cost of sales compared to $4.7 million in 2007.
56
Research and
Development
Harmonics research and development expense and the expense
as a percentage of consolidated net sales for each of the three
years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 are presented
in the table below. Also presented is the related dollar and
percentage change in research and development expense as
compared with the prior year, for each of the two years ended
December 31, 2009 and 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands,
except percentages)
|
|
Research and development
|
|
$
|
61,435
|
|
|
$
|
54,471
|
|
|
$
|
42,902
|
|
|
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
19.2
|
%
|
|
|
14.9
|
%
|
|
|
13.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase
|
|
$
|
6,964
|
|
|
$
|
11,569
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
12.8
|
%
|
|
|
27.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in research and development expense in 2009
compared to 2008 was primarily the result of increased
compensation expense of $4.4 million, increased stock-based
compensation expense of $1.0 million, increased
depreciation expense of $0.8 million and increased
consulting and outside services expense of $0.6 million.
The increased compensation costs in 2009 were primarily due to
increased headcount, which was primarily related to the
additional personnel that we hired as a result of the
acquisition of Scopus in March 2009, and increased payroll
taxes. The increased stock-based compensation expense and
depreciation expense were also primarily due to the acquisition
of Scopus.
The increase in research and development expense in 2008
compared to 2007 was primarily the result of increased
compensation expense of $6.2 million, increased facilities
expense of $2.2 million, increased consulting and outside
services expense of $0.9 million, increased stock-based
compensation expense of $0.8 million and increased
prototype material expense of $0.3 million. The increased
compensation costs in 2008 were primarily due to the increased
headcount, which was primarily related to the additional
personnel that we hired as a result of the acquisition of Rhozet
in July 2007, higher incentive compensation expenses and
increased payroll taxes.
Selling, General
and Administrative
Harmonics selling, general and administrative expense and
the expense as a percentage of consolidated net sales, for each
of the three years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007
are presented in the table below. Also presented is the related
dollar and percentage change in selling, general and
administrative expense as compared with the prior year, for each
of the two years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands,
except percentages)
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
$
|
81,138
|
|
|
$
|
83,118
|
|
|
$
|
70,690
|
|
|
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
25.4
|
%
|
|
|
22.8
|
%
|
|
|
22.7
|
%
|
|
|
Increase (decrease)
|
|
$
|
(1,980
|
)
|
|
$
|
12,428
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
(2.4
|
)%
|
|
|
17.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
57
The decrease in selling, general and administrative expense in
2009 compared to 2008 was primarily due to lower litigation
settlement expenses of $5.0 million, lower bad debt
expenses of $1.6 million, lower legal expenses of
$1.6 million, lower excess facilities charges of
$1.3 million, lower consulting expense of $0.5 million
and lower depreciation expense of $0.5 million, which were
partially offset by higher acquisition costs of
$3.4 million associated with the Scopus acquisition, higher
compensation expenses of $2.0 million, higher information
technology expense of $1.8 million and higher stock-based
compensation expense of $1.4 million. The higher
compensation expense was primarily related to increased
headcount which was primarily related to the additional
personnel that we hired as a result of the acquisition of Scopus
in March 2009, which was partially offset by lower incentive
compensation. The increased information technology expense was
primarily due to the implementation and maintenance of
enterprise software systems in the sales and marketing areas.
The increased stock-based compensation expense was also
primarily due to the acquisition of Scopus.
The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses in
2008 compared to 2007 was primarily due to higher compensation
expenses of $4.7 million, higher excess facilities charges
of $2.2 million, higher bad debt expenses of
$1.6 million, higher travel and entertainment expenses of
$1.0 million, higher marketing expense of $1.0 million
and higher stock-based compensation expense of
$0.6 million. The higher compensation expense was primarily
related to increased headcount and incentive compensation, the
increase in excess facilities charges was primarily related to a
reduction in estimated sublease income of $1.4 million in
2008 and a net credit of $1.4 million recorded in 2007 from
lease extensions of subleased facilities. The increase in
marketing expenses was primarily related to trade shows.
Amortization of
Intangibles
Harmonics amortization of intangibles expense charged to
operating expenses, and the amortization of intangibles expense
as a percentage of consolidated net sales, for each of the three
years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 are presented
in the table below. Also presented is the related dollar and
percentage change in amortization of intangibles expense as
compared with the prior year, for each of the two years ended
December 31, 2009 and 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands,
except percentages)
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
$
|
3,822
|
|
|
$
|
639
|
|
|
$
|
525
|
|
|
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
1.2
|
%
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
|
Increase
|
|
$
|
3,183
|
|
|
$
|
114
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
498.1
|
%
|
|
|
21.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58
The increase in amortization of intangibles expense in 2009
compared to 2008 was due to the amortization of intangibles
related to the acquisition of Scopus in March 2009. Harmonic
expects to record a total of approximately $2.1 million in
amortization of intangibles expense in operating expenses in
2010 related to the intangible assets resulting from the
acquisitions of Entone, Rhozet and Scopus. In addition,
additional amortization of intangibles expense in cost of sales
is expected following the completion of the in-process research
and development projects of Scopus.
The increase in amortization of intangibles expense in 2008
compared to 2007 was due to the amortization of intangibles
related to the acquisition of Rhozet in July 2007.
Interest Income,
Net
Harmonics interest income, net, and interest income, net
as a percentage of consolidated net sales, for each of the three
years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 are presented
in the table below. Also presented is the related dollar and
percentage change in interest income, net as compared with the
prior year, for each of the two years ended December 31,
2009 and 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands,
except percentages)
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
$
|
3,181
|
|
|
$
|
9,216
|
|
|
$
|
6,117
|
|
|
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.5
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
Increase (decrease)
|
|
$
|
(6,035
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,099
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
(65.5
|
)%
|
|
|
50.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The decrease in interest income, net in 2009 compared to 2008
was primarily due to a lower investment portfolio balance during
the year and lower interest rates on the cash and short-term
investments portfolio.
The increase in interest income, net in 2008 compared to 2007
was primarily due to a higher investment portfolio balance
during the year, which was partially offset by lower interest
rates on the cash and short-term investments portfolio.
Other Income
(Expense), Net
Harmonics other income (expense), net, and other income
(expense), net, as a percentage of consolidated net sales, for
each of the three years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and
2007 are presented in the table below. Also presented is the
related dollar and percentage change in interest and other
income (expense), net, as compared with the prior year, for each
of the two years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands,
except percentages)
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
$
|
(881
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,552
|
)
|
|
$
|
146
|
|
|
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)%
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
Decrease
|
|
$
|
(1,671
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,698
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
(65.5
|
)%
|
|
|
(1,847.9
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
59
The decrease in other expense, net, in 2009 compared to 2008 was
primarily due to lower losses on investments of
$0.9 million and lower foreign exchange losses on accounts
receivable balances.
The increase in other expense, net, in 2008 compared to 2007 was
primarily due to higher foreign exchange losses on intercompany
balances of $0.9 million, an impairment charge on a
short-term investment of $0.8 million and higher indirect
taxes.
Income
Taxes
Harmonics provision for (benefit from) income taxes, and
provision for (benefit from) income taxes as a percentage of
consolidated net sales, for each of the three years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 are presented in the
table below. Also presented is the related dollar and percentage
change in provision for (benefit from) for income taxes as
compared with the prior year, for each of the two years ended
December 31, 2009 and 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands,
except percentages)
|
|
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
|
|
$
|
14,404
|
|
|
$
|
(18,023
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,100
|
|
|
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
4.5
|
%
|
|
|
(4.9
|
)%
|
|
|
0.7
|
%
|
|
|
Increase (decrease)
|
|
$
|
32,427
|
|
|
$
|
(20,123
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
179.9
|
%
|
|
|
(958.2
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended December 31, 2009, our effective tax
rate on the pre-tax loss was 148.0% compared to a tax rate
benefit on the pre-tax income of 39.2% for 2008. The difference
between the underlying effective tax rate for the year ended
December 31, 2009 and the federal statutory rate of 35% is
primarily attributable to charges due to the unbenefitted
foreign losses, non-deductible stock-based compensation expense,
accrued interest for certain unrecognized tax benefits, and the
recording of a valuation allowance against a portion of our
California tax credits. More specifically, new California tax
legislation enacted on February 20, 2009, provides for the
election of a single sales approportionment formula beginning in
2011. The Company anticipates it will elect the single sales
approportionment method. The use of this approportionment method
reduces the amount of expected future state taxable income which
required the Company to record a valuation allowance against a
portion of its California tax credits.
For the year ended December 31, 2008, our tax rate benefit
was 39.2% compared to a tax provision of 4.6% for 2007. The
difference between the underlying effective tax rate for the
year ended December 31, 2008 and the federal statutory rate
of 35% is primarily attributable to charges due to the
differential in foreign tax rates as well as non-deductible
stock-based compensation expense, offset by benefits due to the
utilization of net operating loss carryforwards, and the release
of the valuation allowance. In 2008, we determined that a
valuation allowance was no longer necessary for certain U.S. and
foreign deferred tax assets because, based on the available
evidence, we concluded that realization of these net deferred
tax assets was more likely than not.
Segments
Effective January 1, 2006, Harmonic implemented a new
organizational structure, and we have operated as a single
operating segment and reported our financial results as a single
segment since that time. See Note 15 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.
60
Liquidity and
Capital Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments
|
|
$
|
271,070
|
|
|
$
|
327,163
|
|
|
$
|
269,260
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
11,088
|
|
|
$
|
60,127
|
|
|
$
|
35,145
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
$
|
(42,912
|
)
|
|
$
|
(17,952
|
)
|
|
$
|
(92,391
|
)
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
|
$
|
4,243
|
|
|
$
|
8,463
|
|
|
$
|
152,875
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009, cash, cash equivalents and
short-term investments totaled $271.1 million, compared to
$327.2 million as of December 31, 2008. Cash provided
by operations was $11.1 million in 2009, resulting from a
net loss of $24.1 million, adjusted for $45.7 million
in non-cash charges and a $10.5 million use of cash
associated with the net change in assets and liabilities. The
non-cash charges included deferred income taxes, amortization of
intangible assets, stock-based compensation, depreciation,
accretion of investments and loss on disposal of fixed assets.
The net change in assets and liabilities included decreases in
accrued and other liabilities and accrued excess facilities
cost, which was partially offset by a decrease in inventory and
accounts receivable and an increase in accounts payable. The
decrease in accrued liabilities was primarily due to lower
litigation, incentive compensation and C-Cubes pre-merger
liabilities accruals.
To the extent that non-cash items increase or decrease our
future operating results, there will be no corresponding impact
on our cash flows. After excluding the effects of these non-cash
charges, the primary changes in cash flows relating to operating
activities resulted from changes in working capital. Our primary
source of operating cash flows is the collection of accounts
receivable from our customers. Our operating cash flows are also
impacted by the timing of payments to our vendors for accounts
payable and other liabilities. We generally pay our vendors and
service providers in accordance with the invoice terms and
conditions. In addition, we usually pay our annual incentive
compensation to employees in the first quarter.
Net cash used in investing activities was $42.9 million in
2009, resulting primarily from the purchase of Scopus in March
2009 for $63.1 million, the net sale and maturity of
investments of $28.7 million, the payment of
$8.1 million of capital expenditure primarily for test
equipment and a payment of $0.5 million to option holders
of Rhozet as part of the acquisition in July 2007. Harmonic
currently expects capital expenditures to be in the range of
$13 million to $15 million during 2010.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $4.2 million
in 2009, resulting primarily from proceeds from the exercise of
stock options and the sale of our common stock under our 2002
Purchase Plan.
Under the terms of the merger agreement with C-Cube, Harmonic is
generally liable for C-Cubes pre-merger tax liabilities.
Harmonic and LSI Logic, which acquired C-Cubes spun off
semiconductor business in June 2001 and assumed its obligations,
reached a settlement agreement in the second quarter of 2009,
which resulted in Harmonic reimbursing LSI Logic
$1.0 million of the outstanding liability to settle any
future outstanding claims. As a result, the full amount of the
estimated obligations was transferred to LSI Logic in the second
quarter of 2009. To the extent that certain obligations are
finally settled for more than the amounts reimbursed by
Harmonic, LSI Logic is obligated, under the terms of the
settlement agreement, to reimburse Harmonic.
Harmonic has a bank line of credit facility with Silicon Valley
Bank, which provides for borrowings of up to $10.0 million
that matures on March 3, 2010. We expect to renew this
facility on terms substantially similar to the current terms. As
of December 31, 2009, other than standby letters of credit
and guarantees, there were no amounts outstanding under the line
of credit facility and there were no borrowings in 2009 or 2008.
This facility, which was amended and restated in March 2009,
contains a financial covenant with the requirement for Harmonic
to maintain cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments,
net of credit extensions, of not less than $40.0 million.
If Harmonic is unable to maintain this cash, cash
61
equivalents and short-term investments balance or satisfy the
affirmative covenant requirement, Harmonic would not be in
compliance with the facility. In the event of noncompliance by
Harmonic with the covenants under the facility, Silicon Valley
Bank would be entitled to exercise its remedies under the
facility which include declaring all obligations immediately due
and payable if obligations were not repaid. At December 31,
2009, Harmonic was in compliance with the covenants under this
line of credit facility. Future borrowings pursuant to the line
bear interest at the banks prime rate (4.0% at
December 31, 2009). Borrowings are payable monthly and are
not collateralized.
In the event we need or desire to access funds from the other
short-term investments that we hold, it is possible that we may
not be able to do so due to adverse market conditions. Our
inability to sell all or some of our short-term investments at
par or our cost, or rating downgrades of issuers of these
securities, could adversely affect our results of operations or
financial condition. Nevertheless, we believe that our existing
liquidity sources will satisfy our requirements for at least the
next twelve months. However, if our expectations are incorrect,
we may need to raise additional funds to fund our operations, to
take advantage of unanticipated opportunities or to strengthen
our financial position.
In addition, we actively review potential acquisitions that
would complement our existing product offerings, enhance our
technical capabilities or expand our marketing and sales
presence. Any future transaction of this nature could require
potentially significant amounts of capital or could require us
to issue our stock and dilute existing stockholders. If adequate
funds are not available, or are not available on acceptable
terms, we may not be able to take advantage of market
opportunities, to develop new products or to otherwise respond
to competitive pressures.
Our ability to raise funds may be adversely affected by a number
of factors relating to Harmonic, as well as factors beyond our
control, including the global economic slowdown, market
uncertainty surrounding the ongoing U.S. war on terrorism,
as well as conditions in financial markets and the cable and
satellite industries. There can be no assurance that any
financing will be available on terms acceptable to us, if at all.
Off-Balance Sheet
Arrangements
None as of December 31, 2009.
62
Contractual
Obligations and Commitments
Future payments under contractual obligations, and other
commercial commitments, as of December 31, 2009, were as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by
Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Amounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Committed
|
|
|
1 year or
less
|
|
|
2 -
3 years
|
|
|
4 -
5 years
|
|
|
Over
5 years
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Leases(1)
|
|
$
|
44,428
|
|
|
$
|
12,208
|
|
|
$
|
2,636
|
|
|
$
|
8,111
|
|
|
$
|
21,473
|
|
|
|
Inventory Purchase Commitment
|
|
|
23,507
|
|
|
|
23,507
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency forward exchange contracts
|
|
|
7,792
|
|
|
|
7,792
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Contractual Obligations
|
|
$
|
75,727
|
|
|
$
|
43,507
|
|
|
$
|
2,636
|
|
|
$
|
8,111
|
|
|
$
|
21,473
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Commercial Commitments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Standby Letters of Credit
|
|
$
|
1,086
|
|
|
$
|
1,086
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
Indemnification obligations(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Commercial Commitments
|
|
$
|
1,086
|
|
|
$
|
1,086
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.
|
Operating lease commitments include $5.6 million of accrued
excess facilities costs.
|
|
|
2.
|
Harmonic indemnifies its officers and the members of its Board
of Directors pursuant to its bylaws and contractual indemnity
agreements. Harmonic also indemnifies some of its suppliers and
customers for specified intellectual property matters and other
vendors, such as building contractors, pursuant to certain
parameters and restrictions. The scope of these indemnities
varies, but in some instances, includes indemnification for
damages and expenses (including reasonable attorneys
fees). There have been no claims for indemnification and,
accordingly, no amounts have been accrued in respect of the
indemnification provisions at December 31, 2009.
|
Due to the uncertainty with respect to the timing of future cash
flows associated with our unrecognized tax benefits at
December 31, 2009, we are unable to make reasonably
reliable estimates of the period of cash settlement with the
respective taxing authority. Therefore, $44.0 million of
unrecognized tax benefits classified as Income taxes
payable, long-term in the accompanying consolidated
balance sheet as of December 31, 2009, have been excluded
from the contractual obligations table above. See Note 14
Income Taxes to our consolidated financial
statements for a discussion on income taxes.
New Accounting
Pronouncements
In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or
FASB, issued revised guidance on business combinations. This
guidance changes the method of applying the acquisition method
of accounting in a number of significant aspects. Acquisition
costs will generally be expensed as incurred; noncontrolling
interests will be valued at fair value at the acquisition date;
in-process research and development will be recorded at fair
value as an indefinite-lived intangible asset at the acquisition
date; restructuring costs associated with a business combination
will generally be expensed subsequent to the acquisition date;
and changes in deferred tax asset valuation allowances and
income tax uncertainties after the acquisition date generally
will affect income tax expense. This guidance also amends
existing accounting guidance such that adjustments made to
valuation allowances on deferred taxes and acquired tax
contingencies associated with acquisitions that closed prior to
the effective date of the revised guidance would also apply the
provisions of the revised guidance. This guidance uses the fair
value definition in the fair value accounting guidance, which is
defined as the price that would be received to sell an
asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction
between market participants at the measurement date. This
revised guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2008, and was adopted by us on January 1,
2009. See
63
Note 3 for disclosures relating to the acquisition of
Scopus Video Networks Ltd., or Scopus, which was completed on,
and for which the measurement date was, March 12, 2009.
In March 2008, the FASB issued revised guidance that changes the
disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging
activities. Entities are required to provide enhanced
disclosures about (a) how and why an entity uses derivative
instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related
hedge items are accounted for, and (c) how derivative
instruments and related hedged items affect an entitys
financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. This
revised guidance is effective for financial statements issued
for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after
November 15, 2008.
In April 2008, the FASB issued revised guidance that amends the
factors an entity should consider in developing renewal or
extension assumptions used in determining the useful life of
recognized intangible assets. This guidance applies
prospectively to intangible assets that are acquired
individually or with a group of other assets in business
combinations and asset acquisitions. This revised guidance is
effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and
interim periods beginning after December 15, 2008. Early
adoption is prohibited. The adoption of this guidance in the
first quarter of fiscal 2009 did not have a material effect on
our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
In November 2008, the FASB issued revised guidance that
clarifies accounting for defensive intangible assets subsequent
to initial measurement. This guidance applies to acquired
intangible assets which an entity has no intention of actively
using, or intends to discontinue use of, but holds it (locks up)
to prevent others from obtaining access to it (i.e., a defensive
intangible asset). Under this guidance, the FASB reached a
consensus that an acquired defensive asset should be accounted
for as a separate unit of accounting (i.e., an asset separate
from other assets of the acquirer); and the useful life assigned
to an acquired defensive asset should be based on the period
which the asset would diminish in value. This revised guidance
is effective for defensive intangible assets acquired in fiscal
years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The adoption
of this guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2009 did not
have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations
and financial condition.
In April 2009, the FASB issued the following new accounting
guidance:
|
|
|
|
|
Revised guidance that requires disclosures about fair value of
financial instruments in interim as well as in annual financial
statements. This guidance also amends existing guidance to
require those disclosures in all interim financial statements.
|
|
|
|
Revised guidance that provides guidelines for making fair value
measurements more consistent with the principles presented in
accounting guidance that addresses fair value accounting. This
guidance provides additional authoritative guidance in
determining whether a market is active or inactive, and whether
a transaction is distressed, and is applicable to all assets and
liabilities (i.e., financial and nonfinancial) and will require
enhanced disclosures.
|
|
|
|
Revised guidance that provides additional guidance to provide
greater clarity about the credit and noncredit component of
another-than-temporary impairment event and to more effectively
communicate when another-than-temporary impairment event has
occurred. This guidance applies to debt securities.
|
This revised guidance is effective for interim and annual
periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption
permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. The
adoption of this guidance at the beginning of the second quarter
of 2009 did not have a significant impact on our consolidated
financial statements.
In May 2009, the FASB issued revised guidance that establishes
general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events
that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial
statements are issued or are available to be issued. This
guidance
64
requires the disclosure of the date through which an entity has
evaluated subsequent events and the basis for that date, that
is, whether the date represents the date the financial
statements were issued or were available to be issued. This
revised guidance is effective in the first interim period ending
after June 15, 2009 and the required disclosure is included
in Note 1.
In June 2009, the FASB issued revised guidance that represents
the last numbered standard to be issued by FASB under the old
(pre-Codification) numbering system, and amends the GAAP
hierarchy established under a prior standard. On July 1,
2009 the FASB launched FASBs new Codification titled
The FASB Accounting Standards Codification.
The Codification will supersede all existing non-SEC accounting
and reporting standards. This revised guidance is effective for
financial statements issued for interim and annual periods
ending after September 15, 2009. This guidance had no
effect on the Companys consolidated financial statements
upon adoption other than references to GAAP being changed, where
applicable.
In August 2009, the FASB issued revised guidance relating to the
manner in which the fair value of liabilities should be
determined. This guidance provides clarification that, in
circumstances in which a quoted price in an active market for
the identical liability is not available, a reporting entity is
required to measure fair value using one or more defined
valuation techniques. The amendments in this guidance also
clarify that when estimating the fair value of a liability, a
reporting entity is not required to include a separate input or
adjustment to other inputs relating to the existence of a
restriction that prevents the transfer of the liability. The
revised guidance is effective for the first reporting period,
including interim periods, ending after issuance, or August
2009. We adopted this guidance in the fourth quarter of 2009,
and adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated
financial statements.
In October 2009, the FASB issued revised guidance for revenue
recognition with multiple deliverables. This guidance impacts
the determination of when the individual deliverables included
in a multiple-element arrangement may be treated as separate
units of accounting. Additionally, this guidance modifies the
manner in which the transaction consideration is allocated
across the separately identified deliverables by no longer
permitting the residual method of allocating arrangement
consideration. This revised guidance is effective for us
beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2011; however
early adoption is permitted. Upon adoption, we do not expect
this guidance to significantly impact our consolidated financial
statements.
In October 2009, the FASB issued revised guidance for the
accounting for certain revenue arrangements that include
software elements. This guidance amends the scope of
pre-existing software revenue guidance by removing from the
guidance non-software components of tangible products and
certain software components of tangible products. This revised
guidance is effective for us beginning in the first quarter of
fiscal year 2011; however early adoption is permitted. We do not
expect this guidance to significantly impact our consolidated
financial statements.
In January 2010, the FASB issued updated guidance related to
fair value measurements and disclosures, which requires a
reporting entity to disclose separately the amounts of
significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and
Level 2 fair value measurements and to describe the reasons
for the transfers. In addition, in the reconciliation for fair
value measurements using significant unobservable inputs, or
Level 3, a reporting entity should disclose separately
information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements
(that is, on a gross basis rather than one net number). The
updated guidance also requires that an entity should provide
fair value measurement disclosures for each class of assets and
liabilities and disclosures about the valuation techniques and
inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and
non-recurring fair value measurements for Level 2 and
Level 3 fair value measurements. The updated guidance is
effective for interim or annual financial reporting periods
beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the
disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in
the roll forward activity in Level 3 fair value
measurements, which are effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 2010 and for interim periods within
those fiscal years. The Company does not expect adoption of the
updated guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated
results of operations or financial condition.
65
|
|
Item 7A.
|
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
|
Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact the
operating results, financial position, or liquidity of Harmonic
due to adverse changes in market prices and rates. Harmonic is
exposed to market risk because of changes in interest rates and
foreign currency exchange rates as measured against the
U.S. dollar and currencies of Harmonics subsidiaries,
and changes in the value of financial instruments held by
Harmonic.
FOREIGN CURRENCY
EXCHANGE RISK
Harmonic has a number of international subsidiaries each of
whose sales are generally denominated in U.S. dollars. In
addition, Harmonic has various international branch offices that
provide sales support and systems integration services. Sales
denominated in foreign currencies were approximately 7% of net
sales in 2009 and 6% of net sales in 2008. Periodically,
Harmonic enters into foreign currency forward exchange contracts
(forward contracts) to manage exposure related to
accounts receivable and reduce the effects of fluctuating
exchange rates on expenses denominated in foreign currencies.
Harmonic does not enter into derivative financial instruments
for trading purposes. At December 31, 2009, we had a
forward exchange contract to sell Euros totaling
$6.6 million and forward exchange contracts to sell Israeli
Shekels totaling $1.2 million. These forward exchange
contracts matured in the first quarter of 2010. While Harmonic
does not anticipate that near-term changes in exchange rates
will have a material impact on Harmonics operating
results, financial position and liquidity, Harmonic cannot
assure you that a sudden and significant change in the value of
local currencies would not harm Harmonics operating
results, financial position and liquidity.
INTEREST RATE AND
CREDIT RISK
Exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relate
primarily to Harmonics investment portfolio of marketable
debt securities of various issuers, types and maturities and to
Harmonics borrowings under its bank line of credit
facility. Harmonic does not use derivative instruments in its
investment portfolio, and its investment portfolio only includes
highly liquid instruments. These investments are classified as
available for sale and are carried at estimated fair value, with
material unrealized gains and losses reported in accumulated
other comprehensive income. As of December 31, 2009, we had
gross unrealized gains of $0.5 million. If the credit
market deteriorates, we may incur realized losses, which could
adversely affect our financial condition or results of
operations. There is risk that losses could be incurred if
Harmonic were to sell any of its securities prior to stated
maturity. As of December 31, 2009, our cash, cash
equivalents and short-term investments balance was
$271.1 million. In a declining interest rate environment,
as short term investments mature, reinvestment occurs at less
favorable market rates. Given the short term nature of certain
investments declining interest rates would negatively impact
investment income. Based on our estimates, a 100 basis
point, or 1%, change in interest rates would have increased or
decreased the fair value of our investments by approximately
$0.7 million as of December 31, 2009.
66
|
|
Item 8.
|
Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data
|
MANAGEMENTS
REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining
adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in
Rule 13a-15(f)
and
Rule 15d-15(f)
of the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial
reporting is a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. Our internal control
over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures
that:
|
|
|
|
1.
|
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable
detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and
dispositions of our assets;
|
|
|
2.
|
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as
necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and
that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in
accordance with authorizations of our management and
directors; and
|
|
|
3.
|
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our
assets that could have a material effect on the financial
statements.
|
The effectiveness of any system of internal control over
financial reporting, including ours, is subject to inherent
limitations, including the exercise of judgment in designing,
implementing, operating, and evaluating the controls and
procedures, and the inability to eliminate misconduct
completely. Accordingly, any system of internal control over
financial reporting, including ours, no matter how well designed
and operated, can only provide reasonable, not absolute
assurances. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness
to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may
become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the
degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may
deteriorate. Our management assessed the effectiveness of
Harmonics internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2009. In making this assessment, our
management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in
Internal Control Integrated Framework. Management
has excluded from its assessment of internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2009 certain
elements of the internal control over financial reporting of
Scopus Video Networks Ltd. (Scopus), because we
acquired Scopus in a purchase business combination during 2009
and had not as of December 31, 2009, fully integrated
Scopus internal control over financial reporting and
related processes. Subsequent to the acquisition, certain
elements of the internal control over financial reporting and
related processes were integrated into our existing systems and
internal control over financial reporting. Those controls that
were not integrated have been excluded from managements
assessment of the internal control over financial reporting as
of December 31, 2009. The excluded elements represent
controls over accounts of approximately 3% of our consolidated
assets as of December 31, 2009 and 1% of our consolidated
net sales for the year then ended. Based on our assessment using
those criteria, we concluded that, as of December 31, 2009,
Harmonics internal control over financial reporting was
effective.
67
|
|
|
|
a.
|
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
69
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009, and
2008
|
|
|
71
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007
|
|
|
72
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders Equity for the
years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007
|
|
|
73
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007
|
|
|
74
|
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
|
b.
|
Financial Statement Schedules:
|
|
|
|
|
1.
|
Financial statement schedules have been omitted because the
information is not required to be set forth herein, is not
applicable or is included in the financial statements or notes
thereto.
|
|
|
2.
|
Selected Quarterly Financial Data: The following table sets
forth for the periods indicated selected quarterly financial
data for the Company.
|
Quarterly Data (Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
4th
|
|
|
3rd
|
|
|
2nd
|
|
|
1st
|
|
|
4th
|
|
|
3rd
|
|
|
2nd
|
|
|
1st
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share
data)
|
|
|
|
Quarterly Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
86,657
|
|
|
$
|
83,861
|
|
|
$
|
81,293
|
|
|
$
|
67,756
|
|
|
$
|
96,891
|
|
|
$
|
91,455
|
|
|
$
|
89,340
|
|
|
$
|
87,277
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
39,349
|
|
|
|
36,080
|
|
|
|
33,547
|
|
|
|
25,385
|
|
|
|
48,206
|
|
|
|
44,196
|
|
|
|
42,852
|
|
|
|
42,279
|
|
|
|
Income (loss)from operations
|
|
|
3,499
|
|
|
|
(571
|
)
|
|
|
(4,172
|
)
|
|
|
(10,790
|
)
|
|
|
7,445
|
|
|
|
11,058
|
|
|
|
9,323
|
|
|
|
11,478
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
2,577
|
|
|
|
(7,919
|
)
|
|
|
(18,843
|
)
|
|
|
13,209
|
|
|
|
11,965
|
|
|
|
25,464
|
|
|
|
13,354
|
|
|
|
Basic net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
0.00
|
|
|
|
0.03
|
|
|
|
(0.08
|
)
|
|
|
(0.20
|
)
|
|
|
0.14
|
|
|
|
0.13
|
|
|
|
0.27
|
|
|
|
0.14
|
|
|
|
Diluted net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
0.00
|
|
|
|
0.03
|
|
|
|
(0.08
|
)
|
|
|
(0.20
|
)
|
|
|
0.14
|
|
|
|
0.12
|
|
|
|
0.27
|
|
|
|
0.14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.
|
The selling, general and administrative expenses in the first
quarter of fiscal year 2009 included approximately
$3.4 million of acquisition expenses related to the
acquisition of Scopus on March 12, 2009. In addition, a
charge of $6.3 million was recorded in cost of sales,
primarily consisting of excess and obsolete inventories expenses
from product discontinuances and severance expenses for
terminated Scopus employees. Research and development expenses
were $0.6 million for terminated Scopus employees. Selling,
general and administrative expenses totaled $0.5 million
consisting primarily of severance expenses for terminated Scopus
employees.
|
|
|
2.
|
In the second quarter of 2009, the Company recorded an excess
facilities expense of $0.3 million related to the closure
of the Scopus New Jersey office. In addition, a charge of
$0.5 million was recorded in selling, general and
administrative expenses related to severance expenses for
terminated Scopus employees and a charge totaling
$0.5 million was recorded in cost of sales and operating
expenses related to severance expenses for other terminated
employees.
|
|
|
3.
|
The selling, general and administrative expenses in the fourth
quarter of fiscal year 2008 included a provision of
approximately $5.0 million for a patent litigation
settlement expense. The Company also recorded a benefit from
income taxes in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008 of
approximately $4.6 million from the reversal of the
valuation allowance related to certain deferred tax assets.
|
|
|
4.
|
In the third quarter of 2008, the Company recorded an impairment
charge of $0.8 million in other income (expense), net,
relating to an investment in an unsecured debt instrument of
Lehman Brothers Holding, Inc.
|
|
|
5.
|
The selling, general and administrative expenses in the second
quarter of 2008 included a charge of $1.4 million related
to a change in estimate in sublease income. The Company also
recorded a benefit from income taxes in the second quarter of
fiscal year 2008 of approximately $15.1 million from the
reversal of the valuation allowance related to certain deferred
tax assets.
|
68
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Harmonic Inc.:
In our opinion, the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets and
the related Consolidated Statements of Operations, Consolidated
Statements of Stockholders Equity and Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows listed in the accompanying index
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
of Harmonic Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2009
and December 31, 2008, and the results of their operations
and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material
respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as
of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(COSO). The Companys management is responsible for these
financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control
over financial reporting and for its assessment of the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting,
included in Managements Report on Internal Control over
Financial Reporting appearing under Item 8. Our
responsibility is to express opinions on these financial
statements and on the Companys internal control over
financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted
our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement and whether effective internal
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audits of the financial statements included
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial
reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a
material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design
and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the
assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinions.
As discussed in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements, effective January 1, 2009, the Company changed
its method of accounting for business combinations. As discussed
in Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements,
effective January 1, 2007, the Company changed its method
of accounting for uncertain tax positions.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
As described in Managements Report on Internal Control
over Financial Reporting appearing on page 67, management
has excluded from its assessment of internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2009 certain
elements of the internal control over financial reporting of
Scopus Video Networks Ltd. (Scopus), because Scopus
was acquired by the
69
Company in a purchase business combination during 2009.
Subsequent to the acquisition, certain elements of the acquired
business internal control over financial reporting and
related processes were integrated into the Companys
existing systems and internal control over financial reporting.
Those controls that were not integrated have been excluded from
managements assessment of internal control over financial
reporting and from our audit of the Companys internal
control over financial reporting. The excluded elements
represent controls over accounts of approximately 3% of the
Companys consolidated assets as of December 31, 2009
and 1% of consolidated revenue for the year then ended.
/s/PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
San Jose, California
March 1, 2010
70
HARMONIC INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands,
except par value amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets:
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
152,477
|
|
|
$
|
179,891
|
|
|
|
Short-term investments
|
|
|
118,593
|
|
|
|
147,272
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
64,838
|
|
|
|
63,923
|
|
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
35,066
|
|
|
|
26,875
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
26,503
|
|
|
|
36,384
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
20,821
|
|
|
|
15,985
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
418,298
|
|
|
|
470,330
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
25,941
|
|
|
|
15,428
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
63,953
|
|
|
|
41,674
|
|
|
|
Intangibles, net
|
|
|
25,265
|
|
|
|
12,069
|
|
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
22,847
|
|
|
|
24,862
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
556,304
|
|
|
$
|
564,363
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
22,065
|
|
|
$
|
13,366
|
|
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
609
|
|
|
|
1,434
|
|
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
32,855
|
|
|
|
29,909
|
|
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
37,584
|
|
|
|
50,490
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
93,113
|
|
|
|
95,199
|
|
|
|
Accrued excess facilities costs, long-term
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
4,953
|
|
|
|
Income taxes payable, long-term
|
|
|
43,948
|
|
|
|
41,555
|
|
|
|
Financing liability, long-term
|
|
|
6,908
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
4,804
|
|
|
|
8,339
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
148,831
|
|
|
|
150,046
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 18 and 19)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 5,000 shares
authorized; no shares issued or outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 150,000 shares
authorized; 96,110 and 95,017 shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
|
Capital in excess of par value
|
|
|
2,279,945
|
|
|
|
2,263,236
|
|
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(1,872,533
|
)
|
|
|
(1,848,394
|
)
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
(620
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
407,473
|
|
|
|
414,317
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
556,304
|
|
|
$
|
564,363
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an
integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
71
HARMONIC INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands,
except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
Product sales
|
|
$
|
280,009
|
|
|
$
|
331,131
|
|
|
$
|
283,181
|
|
|
|
Service revenue
|
|
|
39,557
|
|
|
|
33,832
|
|
|
|
28,023
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
319,566
|
|
|
|
364,963
|
|
|
|
311,204
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product cost of sales
|
|
|
170,734
|
|
|
|
174,803
|
|
|
|
165,033
|
|
|
|
Service cost of sales
|
|
|
14,472
|
|
|
|
12,627
|
|
|
|
12,096
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of sales
|
|
|
185,206
|
|
|
|
187,430
|
|
|
|
177,129
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
134,360
|
|
|
|
177,533
|
|
|
|
134,075
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
Research and development
|
|
|
61,435
|
|
|
|
54,471
|
|
|
|
42,902
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
81,138
|
|
|
|
83,118
|
|
|
|
70,690
|
|
|
|
Write-off of acquired in-process technology
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
700
|
|
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
3,822
|
|
|
|
639
|
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
146,395
|
|
|
|
138,228
|
|
|
|
114,817
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(12,035
|
)
|
|
|
39,305
|
|
|
|
19,258
|
|
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
|
3,181
|
|
|
|
9,216
|
|
|
|
6,117
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(881
|
)
|
|
|
(2,552
|
)
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(9,735
|
)
|
|
|
45,969
|
|
|
|
25,521
|
|
|
|
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
|
|
|
14,404
|
|
|
|
(18,023
|
)
|
|
|
2,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(24,139
|
)
|
|
$
|
63,992
|
|
|
$
|
23,421
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share:
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.25
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.68
|
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.25
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.67
|
|
|
$
|
0.28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
95,833
|
|
|
|
94,535
|
|
|
|
81,882
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
95,833
|
|
|
|
95,434
|
|
|
|
83,249
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an
integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
72
HARMONIC INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS
EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital in
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess of Par
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
78,386
|
|
|
$
|
78
|
|
|
$
|
2,078,863
|
|
|
$
|
(1,933,708
|
)
|
|
$
|
(99
|
)
|
|
$
|
145,134
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustment due to adoption of revised accounting guidance on
accounting for uncertainty in income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,099
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,099
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,421
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,421
|
|
|
$
|
23,421
|
|
|
|
Unrealized loss on investments, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
Currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
23,350
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,196
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,196
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock under option and purchase plans
|
|
|
1,981
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
11,492
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,494
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax benefits from employee stock option plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock for acquisition of Rhozet
|
|
|
905
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
8,423
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,424
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock in public offering, net
|
|
|
12,500
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
141,831
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
141,844
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
93,772
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
2,246,875
|
|
|
|
(1,912,386
|
)
|
|
|
(170
|
)
|
|
|
334,413
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63,992
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63,992
|
|
|
$
|
63,992
|
|
|
|
Unrealized loss on investments, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(93
|
)
|
|
|
(93
|
)
|
|
|
(93
|
)
|
|
|
Currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(357
|
)
|
|
|
(357
|
)
|
|
|
(357
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
63,542
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,811
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,811
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock under option and purchase plans
|
|
|
1,245
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
8,550
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
95,017
|
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
|
2,263,236
|
|
|
|
(1,848,394
|
)
|
|
|
(620
|
)
|
|
|
414,317
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(24,139
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(24,139
|
)
|
|
$
|
(24,139
|
)
|
|
|
Unrealized gain on investments, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
|
Currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(23,554
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,597
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,597
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock under option, stock award and purchase
plans
|
|
|
892
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
4,242
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,243
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock for acquisition of Rhozet
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,870
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,870
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
96,110
|
|
|
$
|
96
|
|
|
$
|
2,279,945
|
|
|
$
|
(1,872,533
|
)
|
|
$
|
(35
|
)
|
|
$
|
407,473
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an
integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
73
HARMONIC INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(24,139
|
)
|
|
$
|
63,992
|
|
|
$
|
23,421
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided
by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
11,904
|
|
|
|
6,275
|
|
|
|
5,338
|
|
Write-off of acquired in-process technology
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
700
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
8,655
|
|
|
|
7,014
|
|
|
|
6,661
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
10,579
|
|
|
|
7,806
|
|
|
|
6,196
|
|
Loss on disposal of fixed assets
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
11,818
|
|
|
|
(55,859
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion and loss on investments
|
|
|
2,594
|
|
|
|
1,409
|
|
|
|
278
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
5,426
|
|
|
|
6,529
|
|
|
|
(4,191
|
)
|
Inventories
|
|
|
7,726
|
|
|
|
7,388
|
|
|
|
7,865
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
(2,313
|
)
|
|
|
3,278
|
|
|
|
(6,847
|
)
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
5,735
|
|
|
|
(7,134
|
)
|
|
|
(13,129
|
)
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
2,072
|
|
|
|
(6,433
|
)
|
|
|
10,205
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
1,389
|
|
|
|
33,657
|
|
|
|
208
|
|
Accrued excess facilities costs
|
|
|
(6,044
|
)
|
|
|
(4,638
|
)
|
|
|
(6,684
|
)
|
Accrued and other liabilities
|
|
|
(24,512
|
)
|
|
|
(3,342
|
)
|
|
|
5,050
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
11,088
|
|
|
|
60,127
|
|
|
|
35,145
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of investments
|
|
|
(129,202
|
)
|
|
|
(132,813
|
)
|
|
|
(177,908
|
)
|
Proceeds from maturities of investments
|
|
|
130,641
|
|
|
|
117,352
|
|
|
|
92,909
|
|
Proceeds from sales of investments
|
|
|
27,240
|
|
|
|
6,885
|
|
|
|
5,391
|
|
Acquisition of property and equipment
|
|
|
(8,086
|
)
|
|
|
(8,546
|
)
|
|
|
(5,868
|
)
|
Acquisition of intellectual property
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(500
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisitions, net of cash received
|
|
|
(63,505
|
)
|
|
|
(2,830
|
)
|
|
|
(4,415
|
)
|
Sale (purchase) of Entone, Inc. convertible note
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,500
|
|
|
|
(2,500
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(42,912
|
)
|
|
|
(17,952
|
)
|
|
|
(92,391
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net
|
|
|
4,243
|
|
|
|
8,463
|
|
|
|
153,337
|
|
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
Repayments under bank line and term loan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(460
|
)
|
Repayments of capital lease obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
|
|
4,243
|
|
|
|
8,463
|
|
|
|
152,875
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
|
248
|
|
|
|
(78
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(27,414
|
)
|
|
|
50,886
|
|
|
|
95,551
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
|
|
|
179,891
|
|
|
|
129,005
|
|
|
|
33,454
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$
|
152,477
|
|
|
$
|
179,891
|
|
|
$
|
129,005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax payments, net
|
|
$
|
2,391
|
|
|
$
|
4,188
|
|
|
$
|
1,716
|
|
Interest paid during the period
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
67
|
|
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of restricted common stock for Rhozet acquisition
|
|
$
|
1,870
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
8,424
|
|
Financing liability for construction in progress
|
|
$
|
6,908
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
74
HARMONIC INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1:
ORGANIZATION, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Harmonic Inc. (Harmonic) designs, manufactures and
sells versatile and high performance video infrastructure
products and system solutions that enable its customers to
efficiently prepare and deliver broadcast and on-demand services
to televisions, personal computers and mobile devices.
Historically, the majority of the Companys sales have been
derived from sales of video processing solutions and network
edge and access systems to cable television operators and from
sales of video processing solutions to
direct-to-home
satellite operators. More recently, the Company is providing its
video processing solutions to telecommunications companies, or
telcos, broadcasters and on-line media companies that offer
video services.
Basis of Presentation. The consolidated financial
statements of Harmonic Inc. (Harmonic or the
Company) include the financial statements of the
Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated. The
Companys fiscal quarters are based on 13-week periods,
except for the fourth quarter which ends on December 31.
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through
March 1, 2010, which represents the date the financial
statements were issued.
Use of Estimates. The preparation of financial statements
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reported period. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash equivalents are comprised
of highly liquid investment-grade investments with original
maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase. Cash
equivalents are stated at amounts that approximate fair value,
based on quoted market prices.
Investments. Harmonics short-term investments are
stated at fair value, and are principally comprised of
U.S. government, U.S. government agencies, state
government agencies and corporate debt securities. The Company
classifies its investments as available for sale in accordance
with applicable accounting guidance on accounting for certain
investments in debt and equity securities and states its
investments at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses
reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The
specific identification method is used to determine the cost of
securities disposed of, with realized gains and losses reflected
in other income (expense), net. Investments are anticipated to
be used for current operations and are, therefore, classified as
current assets, even though maturities may extend beyond one
year. The Company monitors its investment portfolio for
impairment on a periodic basis. In the event a decline in value
is determined to be other than temporary an impairment charge is
recorded.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments. The carrying value
of Harmonics financial instruments, including cash, cash
equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable,
accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value
due to their short maturities.
Concentrations of Credit Risk/Major Customers/Supplier
Concentration. Financial instruments which subject Harmonic
to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash
equivalents, short-term investments and accounts receivable.
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments are invested
in short-term, highly liquid investment-grade obligations of
commercial or governmental issuers, in accordance with
Harmonics investment policy. The investment policy limits
the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution,
commercial or governmental issuer. Harmonics accounts
receivable are derived from sales to cable, satellite, telcos
and other network operators and distributors. Harmonic generally
does not
75
require collateral and performs ongoing credit evaluations of
its customers and provides for expected losses. Harmonic
maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the
expected collectability of its accounts receivable. Two
customers had balances of 14% and 12% of the Companys net
accounts receivable as of December 31, 2009. One customer
had a balance of 11% of the Companys net accounts
receivable as of December 31, 2008.
Certain of the components and subassemblies included in the
Companys products are obtained from a single source or a
limited group of suppliers. Although the Company seeks to reduce
dependence on those sole source and limited source suppliers,
the partial or complete loss of certain of these sources could
have at least a temporary adverse effect on the Companys
results of operations and damage customer relationships.
Revenue Recognition. Harmonics principal sources of
revenue are from hardware products, software products, solution
sales, services, and hardware and software maintenance
contracts. Harmonic recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence
of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have
been provided, the sale price is fixed or determinable,
collectability is reasonably assured, and risk of loss and title
have transferred to the customer.
Revenue from product sales, excluding the revenue generated from
service-related solutions, which are discussed below, is
recognized when risk of loss and title has transferred, which is
generally upon shipment or delivery, or once all applicable
criteria have been met. Allowances are provided for estimated
returns, discounts and trade-ins. Such allowances are adjusted
periodically to reflect actual and anticipated experience.
Solution sales for the design, manufacture, test, integration
and installation of products to the specifications of
Harmonics customers, including equipment acquired from
third parties to be integrated with Harmonics products,
that are customized to meet the customers specifications
are accounted for in accordance with applicable accounting
guidance on accounting for performance of
construction/production contracts. Accordingly, for each
arrangement that the Company enters into that includes both
products and services, the Company performs a detailed
evaluation for each arrangement to determine whether the
arrangement should be accounted for as a single arrangement, or
alternatively, for arrangements that do not involve significant
production, modification or customization, under other
accounting guidance. The Company has a long-standing history of
entering into contractual arrangements to deliver the solution
sales described above, and such arrangements represent a
significant part of the operations of the Company. At the outset
of each arrangement accounted for as a single arrangement, the
Company develops a detailed project plan and associated labor
hour estimates for each project. The Company believes that,
based on its historical experience, it has the ability to make
labor cost estimates that are sufficiently dependable to justify
the use of the
percentage-of-completion
method of accounting and accordingly, utilizes
percentage-of-completion
accounting for most arrangements that are determined to be
single arrangements. Under the percentage of completion method,
revenue recognized reflects the portion of the anticipated
contract revenue that has been earned, equal to the ratio of
labor hours expended to date to anticipated final labor hours,
based on current estimates of labor hours to complete the
project. If the estimated costs to complete a project exceed the
total contract amount, indicating a loss, the entire anticipated
loss is recognized. During the years ended December 31,
2009 and 2008, the Company recorded losses of approximately
$0.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively related to
loss contracts.
When arrangements contain multiple elements, Harmonic evaluates
all deliverables in the arrangement at the outset of the
arrangement based on applicable accounting guidance on
accounting for revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables.
If the undelivered elements qualify as separate units of
accounting based on applicable accounting guidance, which
include that the delivered elements have value to the customer
on a stand-alone basis and that objective and reliable evidence
of fair value exists for undelivered elements, Harmonic
allocates the arrangement fee based on the relative fair value
of the elements of the arrangement. If a delivered element does
not meet the criteria in the applicable accounting guidance to
be considered a separate unit of accounting, revenue is deferred
until the undelivered elements are fulfilled. The Company
establishes fair value by reference to the price the customer is
required to pay when an item is sold separately using
contractually stated, substantive renewal rates, where
applicable, or the average price of recently completed stand
alone sales transactions. Accordingly, the
76
determination as to whether appropriate objective and reliable
evidence of fair value exists can impact the timing of revenue
recognition for an arrangement.
For multiple element arrangements that include both hardware
products and software products, Harmonic evaluates the
arrangement based on applicable accounting guidance on
non-software deliverables in an arrangement containing
more-than-incidental
software. In accordance with the applicable accounting guidance,
the arrangement is divided between software-related elements and
non-software deliverables. Software-related elements are
accounted for as software. Software-related elements include all
non-software deliverables for which a software deliverable is
essential to its functionality. When software arrangements
contain multiple elements and vendor specific objective evidence
(VSOE) of fair value exists for all undelivered elements,
Harmonic accounts for the delivered elements using the residual
method. In arrangements where VSOE of fair value is not
available for all undelivered elements, the Company defers the
recognition of all revenue under an arrangement until all
elements, except post contract support, have been delivered.
When post contract support remains the only undelivered element
for such contracts, revenue is then recognized using the
residual method. Fair value of software-related elements is
based on separate sales to other customers or upon renewal rates
quoted in contracts when the quoted renewal rates are deemed to
be substantive.
Maintenance services are recognized ratably over the maintenance
term, which is typically one year. The unrecognized revenue
portion of maintenance agreements billed is recorded as deferred
revenue. The costs associated with services are recognized as
incurred.
Deferred revenue includes billings in excess of revenue
recognized, net of deferred cost of sales, and invoiced amounts
remain deferred until applicable revenue recognition criteria
are met.
Revenue from distributors and system integrators is recognized
on delivery provided that the criteria for revenue recognition
have been met. The Companys agreements with these
distributors and system integrators have terms which are
generally consistent with the standard terms and conditions for
the sale of the Companys equipment to end users and do not
provide for product rotation or pricing allowances, as are
typically found in agreements with stocking distributors. The
Company accrues for sales returns and other allowances based on
its historical experience.
Shipping and Handling Costs. Shipping and handling costs
incurred for inventory purchases and product shipments are
recorded in Cost of Sales in the Companys
Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Inventories. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost,
using the weighted average method, or market. Harmonic
establishes provisions for excess and obsolete inventories after
evaluation of historical sales and future demand and market
conditions, expected product lifecycles and current inventory
levels to reduce such inventories to their estimated net
realizable value. Such provisions are charged to Cost of
sales in the Companys Consolidated Statements of
Operations.
Capitalized Software Development Costs. Costs related to
research and development are generally charged to expense as
incurred. Capitalization of material software development costs
begins when a products technological feasibility has been
established in accordance with applicable accounting guidance on
accounting for the costs of computer software to be sold,
leased, or otherwise marketed. To date, the time period between
achieving technological feasibility, which the Company has
defined as the establishment of a working model, which typically
occurs when beta testing commences, and the general availability
of such software, has been short, and as such, software
development costs qualifying for capitalization have been
insignificant.
Property and Equipment. Property and equipment are
recorded at cost. Depreciation and amortization are computed
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives
of the assets. Estimated useful lives are 40 years for
buildings, 5 years for
77
furniture and fixtures, and up to 4 years for machinery and
equipment. Depreciation and amortization for leasehold
improvements are computed using the shorter of the remaining
useful lives of the assets up to 10 years or the lease term
of the respective assets. Depreciation and amortization expense
related to equipment and improvements for the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $8.7 million,
$7.0 million and $6.7 million, respectively.
Goodwill. Goodwill represents the difference between the
purchase price and the estimated fair value of the identifiable
assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The Company tests for
impairment of goodwill on an annual basis in the fourth quarter
at the Company level, which is the sole reporting unit, and at
any other time if events occur or circumstances indicate that
the carrying amount of goodwill may exceed its fair value. When
assessing the goodwill for impairment, the Company considers its
market capitalization adjusted for a control premium and, if
necessary, the Companys discounted cash flow model which
involves significant assumptions and estimates, including the
Companys future financial performance, the Companys
future weighted average cost of capital and the Companys
interpretation of currently enacted tax laws. Circumstances that
could indicate impairment and require us to perform an
impairment test include: a significant decline in the financial
results of the Companys operations, the Companys
market capitalization relative to net book value, unanticipated
changes in competition and the Companys market share,
significant changes in the Companys strategic plans or
adverse actions by regulators. Based on the impairment test
performed in the fourth quarter of 2009, the Companys
goodwill was not impaired.
Long-lived Assets. Long-lived assets represent property
and equipment and purchased intangible assets. Purchased
intangible assets from business combinations and asset
acquisitions include customer base, maintenance agreements and
related relationships, core technology, developed technology,
in-process technology, trademarks and tradenames, supply
agreements and assembled workforce. The Company evaluates the
recoverability of intangible assets and other long-lived assets
when indicators of impairment are present. When assessing
impairment, the Company evaluates the recoverability of
intangible assets and other long-lived assets on the basis of
undiscounted cash flows from each asset group. If impairment is
indicated, provisions for impairment are determined based on
fair value, principally using discounted cash flows. This
evaluation involves significant assumptions and estimates,
including the Companys future financial performance, the
Companys future weighted average cost of capital and the
Companys interpretation of currently enacted tax laws and
accounting pronouncements. Circumstances that could indicate
impairment and require us to perform an impairment test include:
a significant decline in the cash flows of such asset,
unanticipated changes in competition and the Companys
market share, significant changes in the Companys
strategic plans or exiting an activity resulting from a
restructuring of operations. See Note 4, Goodwill and
Identified Intangibles for additional information.
Restructuring Costs and Accruals for Excess Facilities.
For restructuring activities initiated prior to
December 31, 2002 Harmonic recorded restructuring costs
when the Company committed to an exit plan and significant
changes to the exit plan were not likely. Harmonic determines
the excess facilities accrual based on estimates of expected
cash payments reduced by any sublease rental income for each
excess facility. For restructuring activities initiated after
December 31, 2002, the Company adopted the applicable
accounting guidance on accounting for costs associated with exit
or disposal activities, which requires that a liability for
costs associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized
and measured initially at fair value only when the liability is
incurred.
Accrued warranties. The Company accrues for estimated
warranty at the time of revenue recognition and records such
accrued liabilities as part of Cost of Sales.
Management periodically reviews the estimated fair value of its
warranty liability and adjusts based on the terms of warranties
provided to customers, historical and anticipated warranty
claims experience, and estimates of the timing and cost of
specified warranty claims.
Currency Translation. The functional currency of the
Companys Israeli, Cayman and Swiss operations is the
U.S. dollar. All other foreign subsidiaries use the
respective local currency as the functional currency. When the
local currency is the functional currency, gains and losses from
translation of these foreign currency financial statements into
U.S. dollars are recorded as a separate component of other
comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders equity. For
subsidiaries where the functional
78
currency is the U.S. dollar, gains and losses resulting
from re-measuring foreign currency denominated balances into
U.S. dollars are included in other income (expense), net
and have been insignificant for all periods presented. Foreign
currency transaction gains and losses derived from monetary
assets and liabilities being stated in a currency other than the
functional currency are recorded to other income (expense), net
in the Companys Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Income Taxes. In preparing the Companys financial
statements, the Company estimates the income taxes for each of
the jurisdictions in which the Company operates. This involves
estimating the Companys actual current tax exposures and
assessing temporary and permanent differences resulting from
differing treatment of items, such as reserves and accruals, for
tax and accounting purposes.
The Companys income tax policy is to record the estimated
future tax effects of temporary differences between the tax
bases of assets and liabilities and amounts reported in the
Companys accompanying consolidated balance sheets, as well
as operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. The Company
follows the guidelines set forth in the applicable accounting
guidance regarding the recoverability of any tax assets recorded
on the balance sheet and provides any necessary allowances as
required. Determining necessary allowances requires us to make
assessments about the timing of future events, including the
probability of expected future taxable income and available tax
planning opportunities.
The Company is subject to examination of its income tax returns
by various tax authorities on a periodic basis. The Company
regularly assesses the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting
from such examinations to determine the adequacy of its
provision for income taxes. The Company has applied the
provisions of the accounting guidance on accounting for
uncertainty in income taxes as of the beginning of 2007. Prior
to adoption, the Companys policy was to establish reserves
that reflected the probable outcome of known tax contingencies.
The effects of final resolution, if any, were recognized as
changes to the effective income tax rate in the period of
resolution. The applicable accounting guidance requires
application of a more-likely-than-not threshold to the
recognition and de-recognition of uncertain tax positions. If
the recognition threshold is met, the applicable accounting
guidance permits us to recognize a tax benefit measured at the
largest amount of tax benefit that, in the Companys
judgment, is more than 50 percent likely to be realized
upon settlement. It further requires that a change in judgment
related to the expected ultimate resolution of uncertain tax
positions be recognized in earnings in the period of such change.
The Company files annual income tax returns in multiple taxing
jurisdictions around the world. A number of years may elapse
before an uncertain tax position is audited and finally
resolved. While it is often difficult to predict the final
outcome or the timing of resolution of any particular uncertain
tax position, the Company believes that its reserves for income
taxes reflect the most likely outcome. The Company adjusts these
reserves and penalties as well as the related interest, in light
of changing facts and circumstances. Changes in the
Companys assessment of its uncertain tax positions or
settlement of any particular position could materially impact
the Companys income tax rate, financial position and cash
flows.
Advertising Expenses. Harmonic expenses the cost of
advertising as incurred. During 2009, 2008 and 2007, advertising
expenses were not material to the results of operations.
Stock Based Compensation.
Harmonic measures and recognizes compensation expense for all
share-based payment awards made to employees and directors,
including stock options, restricted stock units and awards
related to our Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP)
based upon the grant-date fair value of those awards.
Stock-based compensation expense recognized for the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $10.6 million,
$7.8 million and $6.2 million, respectively.
79
Applicable accounting guidance requires companies to estimate
the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of
grant. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately
expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite
service period in the Companys Consolidated Statements of
Operations.
Stock-based compensation expense recognized during the period is
based on the value of the portion of share-based payment awards
that is ultimately expected to vest. Stock-based compensation
expense recognized in the Companys Consolidated Statements
of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008
and 2007 included compensation expense for share-based payment
awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of
December 31, 2005 based on the grant date estimated fair
value and compensation expense for the share-based payment
awards granted subsequent to December 31, 2005 based on the
grant date estimated fair value in accordance with the
applicable accounting guidance. As stock-based compensation
expense recognized in our results for the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 is based on awards
ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated
forfeitures. Applicable accounting guidance requires forfeitures
to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary,
in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those
estimates.
The fair value of stock options is estimated at grant date using
the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Companys
determination of fair value of stock options on the date of
grant using an option-pricing model is affected by the
Companys stock price as well as the assumptions regarding
a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These
variables include, but are not limited to, the Companys
expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, and
actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors.
The fair value of each restricted stock unit grant is based on
the underlying value of the Companys common stock on the
date of grant.
Comprehensive Income (Loss). Comprehensive income (loss)
includes net income (loss) and other comprehensive income
(loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes cumulative
translation adjustments, the effective portion of unrealized
gains and losses on derivative instruments and unrealized gains
and losses on
available-for-sale
securities.
Total comprehensive income (loss) of fiscal years 2009, 2008 and
2007 are presented in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of
Stockholders Equity. Total accumulated other comprehensive
income (loss) is displayed as a separate component of
stockholders equity in the accompanying Consolidated
Balance Sheets. The accumulated balances for each component of
other comprehensive income (loss) consist of the following, net
of taxes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
Gain
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
Other
|
|
|
|
(Loss) in
Available
|
|
|
Foreign
Currency
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
-for-Sale
Securities
|
|
|
Translation
|
|
|
Income
(Loss)
|
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2006
|
|
$
|
(14
|
)
|
|
$
|
(85
|
)
|
|
$
|
(99
|
)
|
Change during year
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2007
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
|
|
(129
|
)
|
|
|
(170
|
)
|
Change during year
|
|
|
(93
|
)
|
|
|
(357
|
)
|
|
|
(450
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2008
|
|
|
(134
|
)
|
|
|
(486
|
)
|
|
|
(620
|
)
|
Change during year
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
585
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
395
|
|
|
$
|
(430)
|
|
|
$
|
(35)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounting for Derivatives and Hedging Activities.
Harmonic accounts for derivative financial instruments and
hedging contracts in accordance with the applicable accounting
guidance on accounting for derivative instruments and hedging
activities, which requires that all derivatives be recognized at
fair value in the statement of financial position, and that the
corresponding gains or losses be reported either in the
statement of operations or as a component of comprehensive
income (loss), depending on the type of hedging relationship
that exists.
80
Forward Exchange
Contracts Not Designated as Hedging Instruments
Periodically, Harmonic enters into foreign currency forward
exchange contracts (forward exchange contracts) to
manage exposure related to accounts receivable denominated in
foreign currencies. The Company does not enter into derivative
financial instruments for trading purposes. The Company does not
designate these forward exchange contracts as hedging
instruments, and these contracts do not qualify for hedge
accounting treatment. At December 31, 2009, the Company had
a forward exchange contract to sell Euros with a notional value
of $6.6 million. This foreign exchange contract matured
within the first quarter of 2010. At December 31, 2008, the
Company had a forward exchange contract to sell Euros with a
notional value of $8.7 million. This foreign exchange
contract matured in the first quarter of 2009. The fair value of
these forward exchange contracts was not material as of
December 31, 2009 and 2008.
The Companys forward exchange contracts generally have
maturities of one month and are closed out and rolled over into
new contracts at the end of each monthly reporting period.
Consequently, the fair value of these contacts has historically
not been significant at the end of each reporting period.
Typically, realized gains and losses on forward exchange
contracts, which arise as a result of closing out the contracts
at the end of each reporting period, are substantially offset by
remeasurement losses and gains on the underlying balances
denominated in non-functional currencies. Gains and losses on
forward exchange contracts and from remeasurement of the
underlying asset balances denominated in non-functional
currencies are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of
Operations in other income (expense).
Forward Exchange
Contracts Designated as Cash Flow Hedges
Additionally, the Company has expenses denominated in Israeli
Shekels (ILS) and addresses a portion of the foreign currency
exposure through use of derivative financial instruments. The
ILS expenses are hedged using forward exchange contracts. The
Company enters into forward exchange contracts primarily to
reduce the effects of fluctuating ILS exchange rates against the
U.S. dollar. The forward exchange contracts range from one
to six months in maturity.
The hedges of ILS-denominated forecasted expenses are accounted
for in accordance with applicable guidance on derivatives and
hedging, pursuant to which the Company has designated its hedges
of forecasted foreign currency expenses as cash flow hedges. For
derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash
flow hedges under this guidance, the Company formally documents
for each derivative contract at the hedges inception, the
relationship between the hedging instrument (forward contract)
and hedged item (forecasted ILS expenses), the nature of the
risk being hedged, as well as its risk management objective and
strategy for undertaking the hedge. The Company records the
effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative
instrument in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and
reclassifies these amounts into the related functional expense
in the period during which the hedged transaction is recognized
in earnings. As of December 31, 2009, all forecasted cash
flows are still probable to occur. The Company did not have any
cash flow hedges in fiscal year 2008. As of December 31,
2009, the Company had outstanding foreign exchange forward
contracts to buy ILS with a notional value of $1.2 million
that were entered into in order to hedge forecasted expenses. As
of December 31, 2009, the net unrealized gain on derivative
instruments was not material.
Reclassifications. The Company has reclassified certain
prior period balances to conform to the current year
presentation. These reclassifications have no material impact on
previously reported total assets, total liabilities,
stockholders equity, results of operations or cash flows.
NOTE 2:
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or
FASB, issued revised guidance on business combinations. This
guidance changes the method of applying the acquisition method
of accounting in a number of significant aspects. Acquisition
costs will generally be expensed as incurred; noncontrolling
interests will be valued at fair value at the acquisition date;
in-process research and development will be recorded at fair
value as an indefinite-lived intangible asset at the acquisition
date; restructuring costs associated with a business combination
will generally be expensed subsequent to the
81
acquisition date; and changes in deferred tax asset valuation
allowances and income tax uncertainties after the acquisition
date generally will affect income tax expense. This guidance
also amends existing accounting guidance such that adjustments
made to valuation allowances on deferred taxes and acquired tax
contingencies associated with acquisitions that closed prior to
the effective date of the revised guidance would also apply the
provisions of the revised guidance. This guidance uses the fair
value definition in the fair value accounting guidance, which is
defined as the price that would be received to sell an
asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction
between market participants at the measurement date. This
revised guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2008, and was adopted by us on January 1,
2009. See Note 3 for disclosures relating to the
acquisition of Scopus Video Networks Ltd., or Scopus, which was
completed on, and for which the measurement date was,
March 12, 2009.
In March 2008, the FASB issued revised guidance that changes the
disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging
activities. Entities are required to provide enhanced
disclosures about (a) how and why an entity uses derivative
instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related
hedge items are accounted for, and (c) how derivative
instruments and related hedged items affect an entitys
financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. This
revised guidance is effective for financial statements issued
for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after
November 15, 2008.
In April 2008, the FASB issued revised guidance that amends the
factors an entity should consider in developing renewal or
extension assumptions used in determining the useful life of
recognized intangible assets. This guidance applies
prospectively to intangible assets that are acquired
individually or with a group of other assets in business
combinations and asset acquisitions. This revised guidance is
effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and
interim periods beginning after December 15, 2008. Early
adoption is prohibited. The adoption of this guidance in the
first quarter of fiscal 2009 did not have a material effect on
the Companys consolidated results of operations and
financial condition.
In November 2008, the FASB issued revised guidance that
clarifies accounting for defensive intangible assets subsequent
to initial measurement. This guidance applies to acquired
intangible assets which an entity has no intention of actively
using, or intends to discontinue use of, but holds it (locks up)
to prevent others from obtaining access to it (i.e., a defensive
intangible asset). Under this guidance, the FASB reached a
consensus that an acquired defensive asset should be accounted
for as a separate unit of accounting (i.e., an asset separate
from other assets of the acquirer); and the useful life assigned
to an acquired defensive asset should be based on the period
which the asset would diminish in value. This revised guidance
is effective for defensive intangible assets acquired in fiscal
years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The adoption
of this guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2009 did not
have a material impact on the Companys consolidated
results of operations and financial condition.
In April 2009, the FASB issued the following new accounting
guidance:
|
|
|
|
|
Revised guidance that requires disclosures about fair value of
financial instruments in interim as well as in annual financial
statements. This guidance also amends existing guidance to
require those disclosures in all interim financial statements.
|
|
|
|
Revised guidance that provides guidelines for making fair value
measurements more consistent with the principles presented in
accounting guidance that addresses fair value accounting. This
guidance provides additional authoritative guidance in
determining whether a market is active or inactive, and whether
a transaction is distressed, and is applicable to all assets and
liabilities (i.e., financial and nonfinancial) and will require
enhanced disclosures.
|
|
|
|
Revised guidance that provides additional guidance to provide
greater clarity about the credit and noncredit component of
another-than-temporary
impairment event and to more effectively communicate when
another-than-temporary
impairment event has occurred. This guidance applies to debt
securities.
|
82
This revised guidance is effective for interim and annual
periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption
permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. The
adoption of this guidance at the beginning of the second quarter
of 2009 did not have a significant impact on the Companys
consolidated financial statements.
In May 2009, the FASB issued revised guidance that establishes
general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events
that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial
statements are issued or are available to be issued. This
guidance requires the disclosure of the date through which an
entity has evaluated subsequent events and the basis for that
date, that is, whether the date represents the date the
financial statements were issued or were available to be issued.
This revised guidance is effective in the first interim period
ending after June 15, 2009 and the required disclosure is
included in Note 1.
In June 2009, the FASB issued revised guidance that represents
the last numbered standard to be issued by FASB under the old
(pre-Codification) numbering system, and amends the GAAP
hierarchy established under a prior standard. On July 1,
2009 the FASB launched FASBs new Codification titled
The FASB Accounting Standards Codification.
The Codification will supersede all existing non-SEC accounting
and reporting standards. This revised guidance is effective for
financial statements issued for interim and annual periods
ending after September 15, 2009. This guidance had no
effect on the Companys consolidated financial statements
upon adoption other than references to GAAP being changed, where
applicable.
In August 2009, the FASB issued revised guidance relating to the
manner in which the fair value of liabilities should be
determined. This guidance provides clarification that, in
circumstances in which a quoted price in an active market for
the identical liability is not available, a reporting entity is
required to measure fair value using one or more defined
valuation techniques. The amendments in this guidance also
clarify that when estimating the fair value of a liability, a
reporting entity is not required to include a separate input or
adjustment to other inputs relating to the existence of a
restriction that prevents the transfer of the liability. The
revised guidance is effective for the first reporting period,
including interim periods, ending after issuance, or August
2009. The Company adopted this guidance in the fourth quarter of
2009, and the adoption did not have a material impact on the
Companys consolidated financial statements.
In October 2009, the FASB issued revised guidance for revenue
recognition with multiple deliverables. This guidance impacts
the determination of when the individual deliverables included
in a multiple-element arrangement may be treated as separate
units of accounting. Additionally, this guidance modifies the
manner in which the transaction consideration is allocated
across the separately identified deliverables by no longer
permitting the residual method of allocating arrangement
consideration. This revised guidance is effective for us
beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2011; however
early adoption is permitted. Upon adoption, the Company does not
expect this guidance to significantly impact the Companys
consolidated financial statements.
In October 2009, the FASB issued revised guidance for the
accounting for certain revenue arrangements that include
software elements. This guidance amends the scope of
pre-existing software revenue guidance by removing from the
guidance non-software components of tangible products and
certain software components of tangible products. This revised
guidance is effective for us beginning in the first quarter of
fiscal year 2011; however early adoption is permitted. The
Company does not expect this guidance to significantly impact
the Companys consolidated financial statements.
In January 2010, the FASB issued updated guidance related to
fair value measurements and disclosures, which requires a
reporting entity to disclose separately the amounts of
significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and
Level 2 fair value measurements and to describe the reasons
for the transfers. In addition, in the reconciliation for fair
value measurements using significant unobservable inputs, or
Level 3, a reporting entity should disclose separately
information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements
(that is, on a gross basis rather than one net number). The
updated guidance also requires that an entity should provide
fair value measurement disclosures for each class of assets and
liabilities and disclosures about the valuation techniques and
inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and
non-recurring fair value measurements for Level 2 and
Level 3 fair value measurements. The updated guidance is
effective for interim or annual financial reporting periods
beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the
disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in
the roll
83
forward activity in Level 3 fair value measurements, which
are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2010 and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The
Company does not expect adoption of the updated guidance to have
a material impact on its consolidated results of operations or
financial condition.
NOTE 3:
ACQUISITIONS
Scopus Video
Networks Ltd.
On March 12, 2009, Harmonic completed the acquisition of
100% of the equity interests of Scopus Video Networks Ltd., or
Scopus, a publicly traded company based in Israel. Scopus
engages in the development and support of digital video
networking products that allow network operators to transmit,
process, and manage digital video content. Scopus primary
products include integrated receivers/decoders
(IRD), intelligent video gateways (IVG),
and encoders. In addition, Scopus markets multiplexers, network
management systems (NMS), and other ancillary
technology to its customers.
The acquisition of Scopus strengthens Harmonics technology
and market leadership, particularly in the broadcast
contribution and distribution markets. The acquisition extends
Harmonics diversification strategy, providing it with an
expanded international sales force and global customer base,
particularly in video broadcast, contribution and distribution
markets, as well as complementary video processing technology
and expanded research and development capability. In addition,
the acquisition provides an assembled workforce, the implicit
value of future cost savings as a result of combining entities,
and is expected to provide Harmonic with future unidentified new
products and technologies. These opportunities were significant
factors to the establishment of the purchase price, which
exceeded the fair value of Scopus net tangible and
intangible assets acquired resulting in goodwill of
approximately $22.1 million that was recorded in connection
with this acquisition.
The purchase price, net of $23.3 million of cash acquired,
was $63.1 million, which was paid from existing cash
balances. The Company also incurred a total of $3.4 million
of transaction expenses, which were expensed as selling, general
and administrative expenses in the first quarter of 2009. There
were no contingent consideration arrangements in connection with
the acquisition.
The assets and liabilities of Scopus were recorded at fair value
at the date of acquisition. Further, any associated
restructuring activities will be expensed in future periods and
not recorded through purchase accounting as previously done
under prior accounting guidance. Subsequent to the acquisition,
the Company recorded expenses of $8.2 million in the year
ended December 31, 2009, primarily for excess and obsolete
inventories related to product discontinuances and severance
costs.
84
The results of operations of Scopus are included in
Harmonics Consolidated Statements of Operations from
March 12, 2009, the date of acquisition. The following
table summarizes the allocation of the purchase price based on
the fair value of the assets acquired and the liabilities
assumed at the date of acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
Cash acquired
|
|
$
|
23,316
|
|
|
|
Investments
|
|
|
1,899
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable (Gross amount due from accounts receivable
of $6,977)
|
|
|
6,308
|
|
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
15,899
|
|
|
|
Fixed assets
|
|
|
4,280
|
|
|
|
Other tangible assets acquired
|
|
|
2,312
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Existing technology
|
|
|
10,100
|
|
|
|
In-process technology
|
|
|
2,400
|
|
|
|
Patents/core technology
|
|
|
3,500
|
|
|
|
Customer contracts and related relationships
|
|
|
4,000
|
|
|
|
Trade names/trademarks
|
|
|
2,100
|
|
|
|
Order backlog
|
|
|
2,000
|
|
|
|
Maintenance agreements and related relationships
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
22,061
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets acquired
|
|
|
101,175
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(2,963
|
)
|
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
(336
|
)
|
|
|
Other accrued liabilities
|
|
|
(11,507
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired
|
|
|
86,369
|
|
|
|
Less: cash acquired
|
|
|
(23,316
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net purchase price
|
|
$
|
63,053
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The purchase price set forth in the table above was based on the
fair value of the tangible and intangible assets acquired and
liabilities assumed as of the March 12, 2009. The Company
used an overall discount rate of 16% to estimate the fair value
of the intangible assets acquired, which was derived based on
financial metrics of comparable companies operating in
Scopus industry. In determining the appropriate discount
rates to use in valuing each of the individual intangible
assets, the Company adjusted the weighted average cost of
capital of 16% giving consideration to the specific risk factors
of each asset. The following methods were used to value the
identified intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
The fair values of the existing technology assets acquired were
established based on their highest and best use by a market
participant using the Income Approach. The Income
Approach includes an analysis of the markets, cash flows and
risks associated with achieving such cash flows to calculate the
fair value. As of the acquisition date, Scopus was developing
new versions and incremental improvements to its IRD, encoder
and IVG products;
|
|
|
|
The in-process projects are at a stage of development that
require further research and development to determine technical
feasibility and commercial viability. The fair values of the
in-process technology assets acquired were based on the
valuation premise that the assets would be In-Use
using a discounted cash flow model;
|
85
|
|
|
|
|
The fair values of patents/core technology assets acquired were
established based on a variation of the Income Approach called
the Profit Allocation Method. In the Profit
Allocation Method, the Company estimates the value of the
patents/core technology by capitalizing the profits saved
because Harmonic owns the technology;
|
|
|
|
The fair values of the customer contracts and related
relationships assets acquired were based on the Income Approach;
|
|
|
|
The fair values of the maintenance agreements and related
relationships assets acquired were based on the Income Approach;
|
|
|
|
The fair values of trade names/trademarks assets acquired were
established based on the Profit Allocation Method, and
|
|
|
|
The fair value of backlog acquired was established based on the
Cost Savings Approach.
|
Identified intangible assets are being amortized over the
following useful lives:
|
|
|
|
|
Existing technology is estimated to have a useful life between
three years and five years;
|
|
|
|
In-process technology will be amortized upon completion over its
projected remaining useful life as assessed on the completion
date. Three of the in-process projects were completed in the
fourth quarter of 2009. The completed technology is estimated to
have useful lives between three and six years;
|
|
|
|
Patents/core technology are being amortized over their useful
life of four years;
|
|
|
|
Customer contracts and related relationships are being amortized
over their useful life of between four years and five years;
|
|
|
|
Maintenance agreements and related relationships are being
amortized over their useful life of four years;
|
|
|
|
Trade name/trademarks are being amortized over their useful
lives of five years; and
|
|
|
|
Order backlog was amortized over its useful life of six months.
|
The existing technology, patents/core technology, customer
contracts, maintenance agreements and related relationships,
trade name/trademarks and backlog are being amortized using the
straight-line method which reflects the future projected cash
flows.
The residual purchase price of $22.1 million has been
recorded as goodwill. The goodwill as a result of this
acquisition is not deductible for federal tax purposes.
For the year ended December 31, 2009, Scopus products
contributed revenues of $19.3 million and a loss from
operations of $22.5 million.
86
Rhozet
Corporation
On July 31, 2007, Harmonic completed its acquisition of
Rhozet Corporation, a privately held company based in
Santa Clara, California. Rhozet develops and markets
software-based transcoding solutions that facilitate the
creation of multi-format video for Internet, mobile and
broadcast applications. With Rhozets products, and
sometimes in conjunction with other Harmonic products,
Harmonics existing broadcast, cable, satellite and telco
customers can deliver traditional video programming over the
Internet and to mobile devices, as well as expand the types of
content delivered via their traditional networks to encompass
web-based and user-generated content. Harmonic also believes
that the acquisition opens up new customer opportunities for
Harmonic with Rhozets customer base of broadcast content
creators and online video service providers and is complementary
to Harmonics video-on demand networking software business
acquired in December 2006 from Entone Technologies. These
opportunities were significant factors to the establishment of
the purchase price, which exceeded the fair value of
Rhozets net tangible and intangible assets acquired
resulting in goodwill of $9.0 million.
The purchase price of $16.2 million included
$15.5 million of total merger consideration and
$0.7 million of transaction expenses. Under the terms of
the merger agreement, Harmonic paid an aggregate of
approximately $15.5 million in total merger consideration,
comprised of approximately $2.5 million in cash,
approximately $10.3 million of common stock issued and to
be issued, consisting of approximately 1.1 million shares
of Harmonics common stock, in exchange for all of the
outstanding shares of capital stock of Rhozet, and approximately
$2.8 million of cash, which was paid in the first quarter
of 2008, as provided in the merger agreement, to the holders of
outstanding options to acquire Rhozet common stock. Pursuant to
the merger agreement, approximately $2.3 million of the
total merger consideration, consisting of cash and shares of
Harmonic common stock, was held back by Harmonic following the
closing of the acquisition to satisfy certain indemnification
obligations of Rhozets shareholders. As of
December 31, 2008, approximately $1.8 million of
purchase consideration, which based on the terms of the merger
agreement was to be settled through the issuance of
approximately 0.2 million shares of Harmonics common
stock, had been recorded as a long-term liability, and the cash
payment component of $0.5 million had been recorded as a
current liability. Harmonic issued 200,854 shares of common
stock and paid approximately $0.5 million to former Rhozet
shareholders in March 2009 and all holdback amounts have now
been settled.
The Rhozet acquisition was accounted for under applicable
accounting guidance on business combinations and goodwill and
other intangible assets. The results of operations of Rhozet are
included in Harmonics Consolidated Statements of
Operations
87
from July 31, 2007, the date of acquisition. The following
table summarizes the allocation of the purchase price based on
the estimated fair value of the tangible and intangible assets
acquired and the liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
Cash acquired
|
|
$
|
657
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
457
|
|
|
|
Fixed assets
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
Other tangible assets acquired
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IP technology
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
|
Software license
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
Existing technology
|
|
|
4,000
|
|
|
|
In-process technology
|
|
|
700
|
|
|
|
Core technology
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
Customer contracts
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
|
Maintenance agreements and related relationships
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
Tradenames/trademarks
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
8,980
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets acquired
|
|
|
17,535
|
|
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
(174
|
)
|
|
|
Other accrued liabilities
|
|
|
(1,165
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired
|
|
$
|
16,196
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The purchase price was allocated as set forth in the table
above. The Income Approach which includes an
analysis of the markets, cash flows and risks associated with
achieving such cash flows, was the primary method used in
valuing the identified intangible assets acquired. The
Discounted Cash Flow method was used to estimate the fair value
of the acquired existing technology, in-process technology,
maintenance agreements and customer contracts. The Royalty
Savings Method was used to estimate the fair value of the
acquired core technology and trademarks/trade names. In the
Royalty Savings Method, the value of an asset is estimated by
capitalizing the royalties saved because the Company owns the
asset. Expected cash flows were discounted at the Companys
weighted average cost of capital of 18%. Identified intangible
assets, including existing technology and core technology are
being amortized over their useful lives of four years; trade
name/trademarks are being amortized over their useful lives of
five years; customer contracts are being amortized over its
useful life of six years and maintenance agreements are being
amortized over its useful life of seven years. In-process
technology was written off due to the risk that the developments
will not be completed or competitive with comparable products.
Existing technology is being amortized using the double
declining method which reflects the future projected cash flows.
The core technology, customer contracts, maintenance agreements
and trade name/trademarks are being amortized using the
straight-line method.
The residual purchase price of $9.0 million has been
recorded as goodwill. The goodwill as a result of this
acquisition is not deductible for tax purposes. In accordance
with applicable accounting guidance, goodwill relating to the
acquisition of Rhozet is not being amortized.
88
Unaudited Pro
Forma Financial Information
The following unaudited pro forma financial information
presented below summarizes the combined results of operations as
if the acquisitions of Rhozet and Scopus had been completed as
of the beginning of fiscal years 2007 and 2008, respectively.
The unaudited pro forma financial information for the year ended
December 31, 2007 combines the historical results of
Harmonic for the year ended December 31, 2007 with the
results of Rhozet for the period from January 1, 2007
through July 31, 2007, the acquisition date. The unaudited
pro forma financial information for the year ended
December 31, 2008 combines the results of Harmonic for the
year ended December 31, 2008, and the historical results of
Scopus for the year ended December 31, 2008. The unaudited
pro forma financial information for the year ended
December 31, 2009 combines the results of Harmonic for the
year ended December 31, 2009 with the results of Scopus
through March 12, 2009, the acquisition date. The pro forma
financial information is presented for informational purposes
only and does not purport to be indicative of what would have
occurred had the mergers actually been completed as of the
beginning of the periods presented or of results which may occur
in the future.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands,
except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
323,895
|
|
|
$
|
439,345
|
|
|
$
|
312,527
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(34,873
|
)
|
|
$
|
44,654
|
|
|
|
20,311
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share basic
|
|
$
|
(0.35
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.47
|
|
|
$
|
0.25
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.35
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.47
|
|
|
$
|
0.24
|
|
|
|
NOTE 4:
GOODWILL AND IDENTIFIED INTANGIBLES
Effective January 1, 2006 the Company operates as a single
reporting unit and goodwill is evaluated at the Company level,
which is the sole reporting unit. The Company performed the
annual impairment test of goodwill in the fourth quarter of
2007, 2008 and 2009. As a result of these tests, goodwill was
determined not to be impaired.
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the
Company recorded a total of $11.9 million,
$6.3 million and $5.3 million, respectively, of
amortization expense for identified intangibles, of which
$8.0 million, $5.5 million and
89
$4.7 million, respectively, was included in cost of sales.
The following is a summary of goodwill and intangible assets as
of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Net Carrying
|
|
|
Gross
Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Net Carrying
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
Identified intangibles:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Developed core technology
|
|
$
|
64,864
|
|
|
$
|
(48,013
|
)
|
|
$
|
16,851
|
|
|
$
|
49,307
|
|
|
$
|
(39,838
|
)
|
|
$
|
9,469
|
|
|
|
In process technology
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer relationships/contracts
|
|
|
37,900
|
|
|
|
(33,541
|
)
|
|
|
4,359
|
|
|
|
33,895
|
|
|
|
(32,550
|
)
|
|
|
1,345
|
|
|
|
Trademarks and tradenames
|
|
|
7,369
|
|
|
|
(5,136
|
)
|
|
|
2,233
|
|
|
|
5,244
|
|
|
|
(4,559
|
)
|
|
|
685
|
|
|
|
Supply agreement
|
|
|
3,427
|
|
|
|
(3,427
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,386
|
|
|
|
(3,386
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maintenance agreements and related relationships
|
|
|
1,600
|
|
|
|
(405
|
)
|
|
|
1,195
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
(121
|
)
|
|
|
479
|
|
|
|
Software license, intellectual property and assembled workforce
|
|
|
309
|
|
|
|
(282
|
)
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
309
|
|
|
|
(218
|
)
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
Order backlog
|
|
|
2,000
|
|
|
|
(2,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal of identified intangibles
|
|
|
118,069
|
|
|
|
(92,804
|
)
|
|
|
25,265
|
|
|
|
92,741
|
|
|
|
(80,672
|
)
|
|
|
12,069
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
63,953
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63,953
|
|
|
|
41,674
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41,674
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total goodwill and other intangibles
|
|
$
|
182,022
|
|
|
$
|
(92,804
|
)
|
|
$
|
89,218
|
|
|
$
|
134,415
|
|
|
$
|
(80,672
|
)
|
|
$
|
53,743
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years
ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of January 1
|
|
$
|
41,674
|
|
|
$
|
45,793
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of Scopus Video Networks
|
|
|
22,061
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax asset adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,292
|
)
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
218
|
|
|
|
(827
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31
|
|
$
|
63,953
|
|
|
$
|
41,674
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The estimated future amortization expense for identified
intangibles is:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of
Sales
|
|
|
Operating
Expenses
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
8,094
|
|
|
$
|
2,134
|
|
|
$
|
10,228
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
4,214
|
|
|
|
2,124
|
|
|
|
6,338
|
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2,841
|
|
|
|
1,932
|
|
|
|
4,773
|
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
1,569
|
|
|
|
1,313
|
|
|
|
2,882
|
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
283
|
|
|
|
783
|
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
261
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
261
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
17,479
|
|
|
$
|
7,786
|
|
|
$
|
25,265
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90
NOTE 5:
RESTRUCTURING, EXCESS FACILITIES AND INVENTORY
PROVISIONS
During 2001, Harmonic recorded a charge for excess facilities
costs of $21.8 million. During the second half of 2002, the
Company changed its estimates related to accrued excess
facilities with regard to the expected timing and amount of
sublease income and recorded an additional excess facilities
charge of $22.5 million, net of estimated sublease income,
to selling, general and administrative expenses.
In 2007, the Company recorded a credit of $1.8 million from
a revised estimate of expected sublease income due to the
extension of a sublease of a Sunnyvale building to the lease
expiration, which was partially offset by a charge of
$0.4 million on a reduction in estimated sublease income
for a Sunnyvale building. In addition, the Company recorded a
charge in selling, general and administrative expenses for
excess facilities of $0.5 million. This charge primarily
relates to buildings in The United Kingdom which were vacated in
connection with the closure of the manufacturing and research
and development activities of Broadcast Technology Limited, or
BTL.
In 2008, the Company recorded charges in selling, general and
administrative expenses for excess facilities of
$1.2 million from a revised estimate of expected sublease
income of a Sunnyvale building and $0.2 million from a
revised estimate of expected sublease income of two buildings in
the United Kingdom. The Sunnyvale lease terminates in September
2010 and the United Kingdom lease terminates in October 2010 and
all sublease income has been eliminated from the estimated
liability.
In the first quarter of 2009, the Company recorded a total of
$7.4 million of expenses related to activities resulting
from the Scopus acquisition, including the termination of
approximately 65 Scopus employees. A charge of $6.3 million
was recorded in cost of sales, primarily consisting of excess
and obsolete inventories expenses from product discontinuances
and severance expenses for terminated Scopus employees. Research
and development expenses were $0.6 million for terminated
Scopus employees. Selling, general and administrative expenses
totaled $0.5 million consisting primarily of severance
expenses for terminated Scopus employees. Substantially all of
the severance was paid during the year ended December 31,
2009.
In the second quarter of 2009, the Company recorded an excess
facilities expense of $0.3 million related to the closure
of the Scopus New Jersey office. In addition, a charge of
$0.5 million was recorded in selling, general and
administrative expenses related to severance expenses for
terminated Scopus employees and a charge totaling
$0.5 million was recorded in cost of sales and operating
expenses related to severance expenses for other terminated
employees. Substantially all of the severance was paid during
the year ended December 31, 2009.
As of December 31, 2009, accrued excess facilities cost
totaled $5.3 million of which $5.2 million was
included in current accrued liabilities and $0.1 million in
other non-current liabilities. The Company incurred cash outlays
of $6.5 million, net of $1.2 million of sublease
income, during 2009 principally for lease payments, property
taxes, insurance and other maintenance fees related to vacated
facilities. As of December 31, 2008, accrued excess
facilities cost totaled $11.4 million of which
$6.4 million was included in current accrued liabilities
and $5.0 million in other non-current liabilities. The
Company incurred cash outlays of $6.5 million, net of
$1.1 million of sublease income, during 2008 principally
for lease payments, property taxes, insurance and other
maintenance fees related to vacated facilities. In 2010,
Harmonic expects to pay approximately $5.2 million of
excess facility lease costs, net of estimated sublease income,
and to pay the remaining $0.1 million, net of estimated
sublease income, over the remaining lease terms through April
2011.
Harmonic reassesses this liability quarterly and adjusts as
necessary based on changes in the timing and amounts of expected
sublease rental income.
91
During the second quarter of 2006, the Company streamlined its
senior management team primarily in the U.S. operations and
recorded severance and other costs of approximately
$1.0 million.
The following table summarizes restructuring activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management
|
|
|
Excess
|
|
|
Campus
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scopus
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reduction
|
|
|
Facilities
|
|
|
Consolidation
|
|
|
BTL
Closure
|
|
|
Facilities
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006
|
|
$
|
394
|
|
|
$
|
17,184
|
|
|
$
|
5,514
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
23,092
|
|
|
|
Provisions (recoveries)
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
|
|
(1,828
|
)
|
|
|
1,019
|
|
|
|
1,103
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
Cash payments, net of sublease income
|
|
|
(298
|
)
|
|
|
(4,206
|
)
|
|
|
(2,040
|
)
|
|
|
(733
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,277
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,150
|
|
|
|
4,493
|
|
|
|
370
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,013
|
|
|
|
Provisions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,544
|
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,838
|
|
|
|
Cash payments, net of sublease income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,954
|
)
|
|
|
(2,177
|
)
|
|
|
(344
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,475
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,196
|
|
|
|
3,860
|
|
|
|
320
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,376
|
|
|
|
Provisions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
352
|
|
|
|
495
|
|
|
|
Cash payments, net of sublease income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,079
|
)
|
|
|
(2,246
|
)
|
|
|
(86
|
)
|
|
|
(128
|
)
|
|
|
(6,539
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,117
|
|
|
$
|
1,715
|
|
|
$
|
276
|
|
|
$
|
224
|
|
|
$
|
5,332
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 6:
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS
The applicable accounting guidance establishes a framework for
measuring fair value and expands required disclosure about the
fair value measurements of assets and liabilities. This guidance
requires the Company to classify and disclose assets and
liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well
as fair value measurements of assets and liabilities measured on
a non-recurring basis in periods subsequent to initial
measurement, in a three-tier fair value hierarchy as described
below.
The guidance defines fair value as the exchange price that would
be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the
principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability
in an orderly transaction between market participants on the
measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair
value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize
the use of unobservable inputs. The guidance describes three
levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1 Observable inputs that reflect quoted
prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
|
|
|
|
Level 2 Observable inputs other than
Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or
liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or
other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by
observable market data for substantially the full term of the
assets or liabilities. The Company primarily uses broker quotes
for valuation of its short-term investments.
|
|
|
|
Level 3 Unobservable inputs that are supported
by little or no market activity and that are significant to the
fair value of the assets or liabilities.
|
The Company uses the market approach to measure fair value for
its financial assets and liabilities. The market approach uses
prices and other relevant information generated by market
transactions involving identical or comparable assets or
liabilities.
92
During the year ended December 31, 2008 and, 2009, there
were no nonrecurring fair value measurements of assets and
liabilities subsequent to initial recognition.
The following table sets forth the fair value of the
Companys financial assets and liabilities measured at fair
value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2009 and 2008
based on the three-tier fair value hierarchy:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level
1
|
|
|
Level
2
|
|
|
Level
3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Money market funds
|
|
$
|
114,898
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
114,898
|
|
|
|
U.S. corporate debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,707
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,707
|
|
|
|
U.S. government and state agencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76,917
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76,917
|
|
|
|
Other debt securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,969
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,969
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
114,898
|
|
|
$
|
118,593
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
233,491
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level
1
|
|
|
Level
2
|
|
|
Level
3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Money market funds
|
|
$
|
146,065
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
146,065
|
|
|
|
U.S. corporate debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65,680
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65,680
|
|
|
|
U.S. government and state agencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75,859
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75,859
|
|
|
|
Auction rate securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,732
|
|
|
|
10,732
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
146,065
|
|
|
$
|
141,539
|
|
|
$
|
10,732
|
|
|
$
|
298,336
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys auction rate securities were measured at fair
value on a recurring basis using significant Level 3 inputs
as of December 31, 2008. The following table summarizes the
Companys fair value measurements using significant
Level 3 inputs, and changes therein, for the twelve month
periods ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning balance
|
|
$
|
10,732
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
Transfers in to (out of) Level 3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,863
|
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
(10,732
|
)
|
|
|
(24,052
|
)
|
|
|
Unrealized loss recorded in Other comprehensive
income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(79
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending balance
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
10,732
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value of the Companys auction rate securities at
December 31, 2008 were measured using Level 3 inputs.
Significant inputs to the Companys valuation model for
auction rate securities as of December 31, 2008 were based
on certain assumptions, including interest rate yield curves,
credit quality and the estimated time until liquidity returns to
the auction rate securities.
93
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, short-term investments are
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term investments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than one year
|
|
$
|
84,771
|
|
|
$
|
87,123
|
|
|
|
Due in 1-2 years
|
|
|
27,821
|
|
|
|
49,417
|
|
|
|
Due in 3-30 years
|
|
|
6,001
|
|
|
|
5,004
|
|
|
|
No maturity date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,728
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total short-term investments
|
|
$
|
118,593
|
|
|
$
|
147,272
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following is a summary of
available-for-sale
securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Gains
|
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. government and state debt securities
|
|
$
|
76,712
|
|
|
$
|
214
|
|
|
$
|
(9
|
)
|
|
$
|
76,917
|
|
|
|
Corporate debt securities
|
|
|
35,655
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
35,707
|
|
|
|
Other debt securities
|
|
|
5,744
|
|
|
|
234
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
5,969
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
118,111
|
|
|
$
|
522
|
|
|
$
|
(40
|
)
|
|
$
|
118,593
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. government debt securities
|
|
$
|
70,396
|
|
|
$
|
476
|
|
|
$
|
(12
|
)
|
|
$
|
70,860
|
|
|
|
Corporate debt securities
|
|
|
66,360
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
(761
|
)
|
|
|
65,680
|
|
|
|
Auction rate securities
|
|
|
10,732
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,732
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
147,488
|
|
|
$
|
557
|
|
|
$
|
(773
|
)
|
|
$
|
147,272
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2008, the fair value of certain of the
Companys short-term investments was less than their cost
basis. These unrealized losses as a result of the decline in the
fair value of such investments were primarily due to the credit
crisis, and to changes in interest rates. Management reviewed
various factors to determine the fair market value of the
Companys investments and whether to recognize an
impairment charge related to these unrealized losses including,
the financial and credit market environment, the financial
condition and near term prospects of the issuer of the
short-term investment, the magnitude of the unrealized loss
compared to the cost of the investment, the length of time the
investment has been in a loss position and the Companys
intent and ability to hold the investment for a period of time
sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery of market
value. The Company determined that the unrealized losses are
temporary in nature and recorded them as a component of
accumulated other comprehensive loss.
As of December 31, 2008, the Company held approximately
$10.7 million of auction rate securities, or ARSs,
classified as short-term investments and the fair value of these
securities approximate their par value at the balance sheet
date. During the first quarter of 2009, the Company sold
$10.7 million of auction rate securities to an investment
manager at par, plus accrued interest and dividends.
94
In the event the Company needs or desires to access funds from
the other short-term investments that it holds, it is possible
that the Company may not be able to do so due to market
conditions. If a buyer is found but is unwilling to purchase the
investments at par or the Companys cost, it may incur a
loss. Further, rating downgrades of the security issuer or the
third parties insuring such investments may require us to adjust
the carrying value of these investments through an impairment
charge. The Companys inability to sell all or some of the
Companys short-term investments at par or the
Companys cost, or rating downgrades of issuers of these
securities, could adversely affect the Companys results of
operations or financial condition.
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007,
realized gains and realized losses from the sale of investments
were not material.
Impairment of
Investments
Harmonic monitors its investment portfolio for impairment on a
periodic basis. In the event that the carrying value of an
investment exceeds its fair value and the decline in value is
determined to be
other-than-temporary,
an impairment charge is recorded and a new cost basis for the
investment is established. In order to determine whether a
decline in value is
other-than-temporary,
the Company evaluates, among other factors: the duration and
extent to which the fair value has been less than the carrying
value, the Companys financial condition and business
outlook, including key operational and cash flow metrics,
current market conditions and future trends in our industry, and
the Companys relative competitive position within the
industry. At the present time, the Company does not intend to
sell its investments that have unrealized losses in accumulated
other comprehensive income (loss). In addition, the Company does
not believe that it is more likely than not that it will be
required to sell its investments that have unrealized losses in
accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) before the Company
recovers the principal amounts invested. The Company believes
that the unrealized losses are temporary and do not require an
other-than-temporary
impairment, based on our evaluation of available evidence as of
December 31, 2009.
As of December 31, 2009, there were no individual
available-for-sale
securities in a material unrealized loss position and the amount
of unrealized losses on the total investment balance was
insignificant.
NOTE 7:
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND ALLOWANCES FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS,
RETURNS, DISCOUNTS AND TRADE-INS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
70,001
|
|
|
$
|
72,620
|
|
|
|
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts, returns and discounts
|
|
|
(5,163
|
)
|
|
|
(8,697
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
64,838
|
|
|
$
|
63,923
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade accounts receivable are recorded at invoiced amounts and
do not bear interest. Harmonic generally does not require
collateral and performs ongoing credit evaluations of its
customers and provides for expected losses. Harmonic maintains
an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the expected
collectability of its accounts receivable. The expectation of
collectability is based on the Companys review of credit
profiles of customers contractual terms and conditions,
current economic trends and historical payment experience.
95
The following is a summary of activity in allowances for
doubtful accounts, returns and discounts for the fiscal years
indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charges/
|
|
|
(Deductions)/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning
|
|
|
Charges to
|
|
|
(credits) to
|
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
Balance at
End
|
|
|
|
|
|
of
Year
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
Expense
|
|
|
from
Reserves
|
|
|
of
Year
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
8,697
|
|
|
$
|
4,794
|
|
|
$
|
266
|
|
|
$
|
(8,594)
|
|
|
$
|
5,163
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
8,194
|
|
|
|
7,615
|
|
|
|
1,497
|
|
|
|
(8,609)
|
|
|
|
8,697
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
4,471
|
|
|
|
7,107
|
|
|
|
(125)
|
|
|
|
(3,259)
|
|
|
|
8,194
|
|
|
|
NOTE 8:
BALANCE SHEET
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Raw materials
|
|
$
|
8,633
|
|
|
$
|
5,562
|
|
|
|
Work-in-process
|
|
|
3,072
|
|
|
|
1,167
|
|
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
|
23,361
|
|
|
|
20,146
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
35,066
|
|
|
$
|
26,875
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Building (see Note 9)
|
|
$
|
7,063
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
6,423
|
|
|
|
6,923
|
|
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
70,983
|
|
|
|
56,808
|
|
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
28,645
|
|
|
|
27,999
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
113,114
|
|
|
|
91,730
|
|
|
|
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(87,173)
|
|
|
|
(76,302)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
25,941
|
|
|
$
|
15,428
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued compensation
|
|
$
|
9,790
|
|
|
$
|
7,397
|
|
|
|
Accrued excess facilities costs current
|
|
|
5,274
|
|
|
|
6,423
|
|
|
|
Accrued warranty
|
|
|
4,186
|
|
|
|
5,361
|
|
|
|
Accrued incentive compensation
|
|
|
3,539
|
|
|
|
9,058
|
|
|
|
C-Cube pre-merger liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,739
|
|
|
|
Accrued litigation settlements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,650
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
14,795
|
|
|
|
14,862
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
37,584
|
|
|
$
|
50,490
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 9:
FINANCING LIABILITY FOR CONSTRUCTION IN PROGRESS
In December 2009, the Company entered into a lease for a
building in San Jose, California that will replace its
current facility as corporate headquarters. In January 2010, the
Company began a build-out of this facility and expects to incur
approximately $21.9 million in construction costs. Under
the terms of the lease, the landlord will reimburse up to
$18.8 million of these construction costs. Because certain
improvements constructed by the Company were considered
structural in nature and the
96
Company is responsible for any cost overruns, the Company is
considered to be the owner of the construction project for
accounting purposes under applicable accounting guidance on the
effect of lessee involvement in asset construction.
Therefore, in accordance with applicable accounting guidance,
the Company capitalized the fair value of the building of
$6.9 million with a corresponding credit to financing
liability. The fair value was determined as of December 31,
2009 using a combination of the sales comparison approach and
the income capitalization approach. Each major construction
element will be capitalized and amortized over its useful life.
Upon completion of construction, the Company will assess whether
or not it qualifies for sale-leaseback accounting under
applicable accounting guidance. Should the Company qualify for
sale-leaseback accounting, the building and corresponding
liability will be removed from the balance sheet and rental
payments due over the term of the lease will be recorded as
rental expense on a straight-line basis.
NOTE 10: NET
INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE
Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing the
net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders for the
period by the weighted average number of the common shares
outstanding during the period. In 2009, 2008 and 2007, there
were 13,280,168, 9,366,359 and 5,590,121 of potentially dilutive
shares, consisting of options, restricted stock units and
employee stock purchase plan awards excluded from the net income
(loss) per share computations, respectively, because their
effect was antidilutive.
Following is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators
of the basic and diluted net income (loss) per share
computations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands,
except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) (numerator)
|
|
$
|
(24,139)
|
|
|
$
|
63,992
|
|
|
$
|
23,421
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares calculation (denominator):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding basic
|
|
|
95,833
|
|
|
|
94,535
|
|
|
|
81,882
|
|
|
|
Effect of Dilutive Securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Potential common stock relating to stock options, restricted
stock units and ESPP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
698
|
|
|
|
1,282
|
|
|
|
Future issued common stock related to acquisitions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average shares outstanding diluted
|
|
|
95,833
|
|
|
|
95,434
|
|
|
|
83,249
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share basic
|
|
$
|
(0.25)
|
|
|
$
|
0.68
|
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.25)
|
|
|
$
|
0.67
|
|
|
$
|
0.28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 11:
CREDIT FACILITIES AND LONG-TERM DEBT
Harmonic has a bank line of credit facility with Silicon Valley
Bank, which provides for borrowings of up to $10.0 million
that matures on March 3, 2010. As of December 31,
2009, other than standby letters of credit and guarantees, there
were no amounts outstanding under the line of credit facility
and there were no borrowings in 2008 or 2009. This facility,
which was amended and restated in March 2009, contains a
financial covenant with the requirement for Harmonic to maintain
cash, cash
97
equivalents and short-term investments, net of credit
extensions, of not less than $40.0 million. If Harmonic is
unable to maintain this cash, cash equivalents and short-term
investments balance or satisfy the affirmative covenant
requirement, Harmonic would not be in compliance with the
facility. In the event of noncompliance by Harmonic with the
covenants under the facility, Silicon Valley Bank would be
entitled to exercise its remedies under the facility which
include declaring all obligations immediately due and payable if
obligations were not repaid. At December 31, 2009, Harmonic
was in compliance with the covenants under this line of credit
facility. Future borrowings pursuant to the line bear interest
at the banks prime rate (4.0% at December 31, 2009).
Borrowings are payable monthly and are not collateralized.
NOTE 12:
CAPITAL STOCK
Preferred Stock. Harmonic has 5,000,000 authorized shares
of preferred stock. On July 23, 2002, the Company
classified 100,000 of these shares as Series A
Participating Preferred Stock in connection with the
Boards same day approval and adoption of a stockholder
rights plan. Under the plan, Harmonic declared and paid a
dividend of one preferred share purchase right for each share of
Harmonic common stock held by the Companys stockholders of
record as of the close of business on August 7, 2002. Each
preferred share purchase right entitles the holder to purchase
from us one one-thousandth of a share of Series A
Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, at a
price of $25.00, subject to adjustment. The rights are not
immediately exercisable, however, and will become exercisable
only upon the occurrence of certain events. The stockholder
rights plan may have the effect of deterring or delaying a
change in control of Harmonic.
Stock Issuances. During 2007 Harmonic issued
905,624 shares of common stock as part of the consideration
for the purchase of all the outstanding shares of Rhozet. The
shares had a value of $8.4 million at the time of issuance.
See Note 3 for additional information regarding the
acquisition of Rhozet.
The Company had reserved 200,854 shares of Harmonic common
stock for future issuance in connection with the acquisition of
Rhozet in July 2007. The shares of Harmonic common stock, were
being held back by Harmonic for at least 18 months
following the closing of the acquisition to satisfy certain
indemnification obligations of Rhozets shareholders. These
shares were issued in the first quarter of 2009.
NOTE 13:
BENEFIT PLANS
Stock Plans. Harmonic has reserved 15,807,000 shares
of Common Stock for issuance under various employee stock plans.
Stock options are granted for periods not exceeding ten years
and generally vest 25% at one year from date of grant, and an
additional 1/48 per month thereafter. Restricted stock units
have no exercise price and generally vest over four years with
25% vesting at one year from date of grant or the vesting
commencement date chosen for the award, and either an additional
1/16 per quarter thereafter, or 1/8 semiannually thereafter.
Restricted stock units granted reduce the number of shares
reserved for grant under the plans by two shares for every unit
granted. Stock options are granted having exercise prices equal
to the fair market value of the stock at the date of grant.
Beginning on February 27, 2006, option grants have a term
of seven years. Certain awards provide for accelerated vesting
if there is a change in control. For the year ended
December 31, 2009, employees received restricted stock
units valued at $9.7 million.
Director Option Plans. In May 2002, Harmonics
stockholders approved the 2002 Director Option Plan (the
Plan), replacing the 1995 Director Option Plan.
In June 2006, Harmonics stockholders approved an amendment
to the Plan and increased the maximum number of shares of common
stock authorized for issuance over the term of the Plan by an
additional 300,000 shares to 700,000 shares and
reduced the term of future options granted under the Plan to
seven years. In May 2008, Harmonic stockholders approved
amendments to the Plan to, among other things, increase the
maximum number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance
by an additional 100,000 to 800,000 shares, and to rename
the Plan the 2002 Director Stock Plan. Harmonic
had a total of 496,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for
issuance under the Plan as of December 31,
98
2009. The Plan provides for the grant of non-statutory stock
options or restricted stock units to certain non-employee
directors of Harmonic. Restricted stock units, or RSUs, have no
exercise price and vest either after one year or the vesting
date chosen for such award. Restricted stock units granted
reduce the number of shares reserved for grant under the Plan by
two shares for every unit granted. Stock options are granted at
fair market value of the stock at the date of grant for periods
not exceeding ten years. Initial option grants generally vest
monthly over three years, and subsequent grants generally vest
monthly over one year. During the years ended December 31,
2009 and 2008, a total of 99,463 and 71,883 restricted stock
units were granted to non-employee directors with a fair value
of $0.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively, on the
date of grant.
A summary of share-based awards available for grant are as
follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
Available
|
|
|
|
|
|
for
Grant
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
3,632
|
|
|
|
Options granted(1)
|
|
|
(2,514)
|
|
|
|
Options canceled
|
|
|
933
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
2,051
|
|
|
|
Shares authorized
|
|
|
7,600
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock units granted(1)
|
|
|
(144)
|
|
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
(3,013)
|
|
|
|
Options canceled
|
|
|
818
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
7,312
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock units granted(1)
|
|
|
(3,335)
|
|
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
(825)
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock units canceled
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
Options canceled
|
|
|
688
|
|
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
154
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
4,054
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. Restricted stock units debit all Plan reserves two
shares for every unit granted.
The following table summarizes restricted stock units activity
under the Plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
Average
|
|
|
Aggregate
Fair
|
(In thousands,
except exercise price)
|
|
RSUs
Outstanding
|
|
|
Fair Value Per
Share
|
|
|
Value(1)
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock units granted
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
7.79
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
7.79
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock units granted
|
|
|
1,667
|
|
|
|
5.84
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock units vested
|
|
|
(72)
|
|
|
|
7.79
|
|
|
$371
|
Restricted stock units canceled
|
|
|
(30)
|
|
|
|
6.05
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
1,637
|
|
|
$
|
5.88
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.
|
Represents the fair value of Harmonic common stock on the date
that the restricted stock units vested. On the grant date, the
fair value for these awards was $0.6 million.
|
99
The following table summarizes stock option activity under the
Plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock Options
|
|
|
Weighted
Average
|
|
(In thousands,
except exercise price)
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Exercise
Price
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
9,249
|
|
|
$
|
11.50
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
2,514
|
|
|
|
8.59
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
(1,311)
|
|
|
|
6.30
|
|
Options canceled
|
|
|
(933)
|
|
|
|
12.03
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
(50)
|
|
|
|
28.28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
9,469
|
|
|
|
11.31
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
3,013
|
|
|
|
8.16
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
(777)
|
|
|
|
6.14
|
|
Options canceled
|
|
|
(818)
|
|
|
|
13.45
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
(89)
|
|
|
|
28.98
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
10,798
|
|
|
|
10.50
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
825
|
|
|
|
5.70
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
(115)
|
|
|
|
4.80
|
|
Options canceled
|
|
|
(688)
|
|
|
|
10.20
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
(321)
|
|
|
|
35.44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
10,499
|
|
|
$
|
9.44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
7,254
|
|
|
$
|
10.27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options vested and
expected-to-vest
as of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
10,405
|
|
|
$
|
9.46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted-average fair value of options granted was $2.88,
$3.79, and $4.56 for 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.
The following table summarizes information regarding stock
options outstanding at December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock Options
Outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
Stock Options
Exercisable
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Remaining
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
Number
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Outstanding
at
|
|
Contractual
|
|
Average
|
|
Exercisable
at
|
|
Average
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Life
|
|
Exercise
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
2009
|
|
(Years)
|
|
Price
|
|
2009
|
|
Price
|
Range of
Exercise Prices
|
|
(In thousands,
except exercise price and life)
|
|
|
$ 0.19 5.63
|
|
|
|
1,475
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
$
|
4.75
|
|
|
|
681
|
|
|
$
|
3.79
|
|
|
5.66 6.67
|
|
|
|
1,585
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
|
|
5.93
|
|
|
|
1,499
|
|
|
|
5.92
|
|
|
6.71 8.17
|
|
|
|
2,759
|
|
|
|
5.3
|
|
|
|
8.11
|
|
|
|
1,190
|
|
|
|
8.10
|
|
|
8.20 8.95
|
|
|
|
2,283
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
|
8.40
|
|
|
|
1,635
|
|
|
|
8.44
|
|
|
9.00 10.97
|
|
|
|
1,483
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
9.71
|
|
|
|
1,392
|
|
|
|
9.70
|
|
|
11.05 23.57
|
|
|
|
706
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
19.87
|
|
|
|
650
|
|
|
|
20.63
|
|
|
31.56 121.68
|
|
|
|
208
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
61.33
|
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
|
61.33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,499
|
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
|
$
|
9.44
|
|
|
|
7,254
|
|
|
$
|
10.27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted-average remaining contractual life for all
exercisable stock options at December 31, 2009 was
3.4 years. The weighted-average remaining contractual life
of all vested and
expected-to-vest
stock options at December 31, 2009 was 4.0 years. The
weighted-average remaining contractual life of all vested and
expected-to-vest
restricted stock units at December 31, 2009 was
1.4 years.
100
Aggregate pre-tax intrinsic value of options outstanding and
exercisable at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was
$2.4 million, $1.2 million and $23.7 million,
respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options
vested and
expected-to-vest
net of estimated forfeitures was $3.0 million at
December 31, 2009. The aggregate intrinsic value of
restricted stock units vested and
expected-to-vest,
net of estimated forfeitures, was $9.8 million at
December 31, 2009. Aggregate pre-tax intrinsic value
represents the difference between the Companys closing
price on the last trading day of the fiscal period, which was
$6.32 as of December 31, 2009, $5.61 as of
December 31, 2008 and $10.48 as of December 31, 2007,
and the exercise price multiplied by the number of options
outstanding or exercisable. The intrinsic value of exercised
stock options is calculated based on the difference between the
exercise price and the quoted market price of the Companys
common stock as of the exercise date. The aggregate intrinsic
value of exercised stock options was $0.2 million,
$2.3 million and $5.3 million during the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
The total realized tax benefit attributable to stock options
exercised during the period in jurisdictions where this expense
is deductible for tax purposes was $0.1 million in 2007.
There was no such realized tax benefit in 2008 or 2009.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In May 2002,
Harmonics stockholders approved the 2002 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan (the 2002 Purchase Plan) replacing the
1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan effective for the offering
period beginning on July 1, 2002. As a result of the
adoption of the 2002 Purchase Plan and subsequent amendments
thereto, which amendments were approved by the Companys
stockholders, a total of 7.5 million shares have been
approved for issuance pursuant to the 2002 Purchase Plan. In
addition, in June 2006, the Companys stockholders approved
an amendment to the 2002 Purchase Plan to reduce the term of
future offering periods to six months which became effective for
the offering period beginning January 1, 2007. The 2002
Purchase Plan enables employees to purchase shares at 85% of the
fair market value of the Common Stock at the beginning or end of
the purchase period, whichever is lower. Offering periods
generally begin on the first trading day on or after January 1
and July 1 of each year. The 2002 Purchase Plan is intended to
qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under
Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. During 2009, 2008
and 2007, the number of shares of stock issued under the
purchase plans was 705,206, 468,545 and 669,871 shares at
weighted average prices of $5.24, $7.88 and $4.82, respectively.
The weighted-average fair value of each right to purchase shares
of common stock granted under the purchase plans was $2.23,
$2.86 and $2.38 for 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. At
December 31, 2009, a total of 2,639,873 shares were
reserved for future issuances under the 2002 Purchase Plan.
Retirement/Savings Plan. Harmonic has a
retirement/savings plan which qualifies as a thrift plan under
Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. This plan
allows participants to contribute up to 20% of total
compensation, subject to applicable Internal Revenue Service
limitations. Harmonic makes discretionary contributions to the
plan of 25% of the first 4% contributed by eligible participants
up to a maximum contribution per participant of $1,000 per year.
This employer contribution was suspended during the first
quarter of 2009. Employer contribution totaled $0.3 million
in 2008 and $0.3 million in 2007.
101
Stock-based
Compensation
The following table summarizes the impact of options, restricted
stock units and employee stock purchase plan awards on
stock-based compensation costs for employees and non-employees
included in the Companys Consolidated Statements of
Operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and
2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
Employee stock-based compensation in:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
$
|
1,517
|
|
|
$
|
1,137
|
|
|
$
|
997
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development expense
|
|
|
3,846
|
|
|
|
2,845
|
|
|
|
2,012
|
|
|
|
Sales, general and administrative expense
|
|
|
5,215
|
|
|
|
3,824
|
|
|
|
2,847
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total employee stock-based compensation in operating expense
|
|
|
9,061
|
|
|
|
6,669
|
|
|
|
4,859
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total employee stock-based compensation
|
|
|
10,578
|
|
|
|
7,806
|
|
|
|
5,856
|
|
|
|
Amount capitalized in inventory
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
Total other stock-based compensation(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
339
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation
|
|
$
|
10,597
|
|
|
$
|
7,811
|
|
|
$
|
6,196
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. Other stock-based compensation represents charges
related to non-employee stock options.
As of December 31, 2009, total unamortized stock-based
compensation cost related to unvested stock options and
restricted stock units was $18.8 million. This amount will
be recognized as expense using the straight-line attribution
method over a weighted average recognition period of
2.3 years.
The fair value of each restricted stock unit grant is based on
the underlying value of the Companys common stock on the
date of grant. The fair value of each option grant is estimated
on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing
model with the following weighted average assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee Stock
Options
|
|
|
Employee Stock
Purchase Plan
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Expected life (years)
|
|
|
4.75
|
|
|
|
4.75
|
|
|
|
4.75
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
Volatility
|
|
|
60%
|
|
|
|
51%
|
|
|
|
58%
|
|
|
|
76%
|
|
|
|
46%
|
|
|
|
51%
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
1.7%
|
|
|
|
3.1%
|
|
|
|
4.7%
|
|
|
|
0.5%
|
|
|
|
2.3%
|
|
|
|
4.9%
|
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0.0%
|
|
|
|
0.0%
|
|
|
|
0.0%
|
|
|
|
0.0%
|
|
|
|
0.0%
|
|
|
|
0.0%
|
|
The expected term for employee stock options and the 2002
Purchase Plan represents the weighted-average period that the
stock options are expected to remain outstanding. The
Companys computation of expected life was determined based
on historical experience of similar awards, giving consideration
to the contractual terms of the stock-based awards, vesting
schedules and expectations of future employee behavior.
The Company uses the historical volatility over the expected
term of the options and the ESPP offering period to estimate the
expected volatility. The Company believes that the historical
volatility, at this time, represents fairly the future
volatility of its common stock.
102
The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed
interest rates appropriate for the term of the Companys
employee stock options. The dividend yield assumption is based
on the Companys history and expectation of dividend
payouts.
NOTE 14:
INCOME TAXES
Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes
consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
9,749
|
|
|
$
|
130,806
|
|
|
$
|
24,260
|
|
International
|
|
|
(19,484)
|
|
|
|
(84,837
|
)
|
|
|
1,261
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(9,735)
|
|
|
$
|
45,969
|
|
|
$
|
25,521
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The provision for (benefit from) income taxes consists of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
2,107
|
|
|
$
|
37,483
|
|
|
$
|
1,677
|
|
International
|
|
|
471
|
|
|
|
353
|
|
|
|
423
|
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
|
11,261
|
|
|
|
(54,993
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
565
|
|
|
|
(866
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,404
|
|
|
$
|
(18,023
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harmonics provision for (benefit from) income taxes
differed from the amount computed by applying the statutory
U.S. federal income tax rate to the income (loss) before
income taxes as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes at U.S. Federal
statutory rate
|
|
$
|
(3,407)
|
|
|
$
|
16,089
|
|
|
$
|
8,933
|
|
State Taxes
|
|
|
(1,661)
|
|
|
|
2,168
|
|
|
|
416
|
|
Differential in rates on foreign earnings
|
|
|
(1,768)
|
|
|
|
(1,859
|
)
|
|
|
56
|
|
Losses for which no benefit, (benefit) is taken
|
|
|
8,980
|
|
|
|
(15,306
|
)
|
|
|
(9,887
|
)
|
Alternative minimum taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
837
|
|
Change in valuation allowance
|
|
|
8,150
|
|
|
|
(53,450
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Change in liabilities for uncertain tax positions
|
|
|
2,390
|
|
|
|
32,646
|
|
|
|
424
|
|
Non-deductible stock compensation
|
|
|
1,811
|
|
|
|
1,170
|
|
|
|
1,076
|
|
Research credits
|
|
|
(1,163)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1,072
|
|
|
|
519
|
|
|
|
245
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
|
|
$
|
14,404
|
|
|
$
|
(18,023
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
103
Deferred tax assets (liabilities) comprise the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reserves and accruals
|
|
$
|
19,876
|
|
|
$
|
29,395
|
|
|
$
|
35,365
|
|
Net operating loss carryovers
|
|
|
21,925
|
|
|
|
5,317
|
|
|
|
58,646
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
7,440
|
|
|
|
8,189
|
|
|
|
9,091
|
|
Research and development credit carryovers
|
|
|
14,930
|
|
|
|
12,775
|
|
|
|
11,462
|
|
Deferred stock compensation
|
|
|
4,703
|
|
|
|
3,309
|
|
|
|
2,158
|
|
Other tax credits
|
|
|
3,883
|
|
|
|
4,658
|
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
Other
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
|
2,384
|
|
|
|
1,989
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
|
73,049
|
|
|
|
66,027
|
|
|
|
119,711
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(18,025)
|
|
|
|
(1,904
|
)
|
|
|
(112,330
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
|
55,024
|
|
|
|
64,123
|
|
|
|
7,381
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangibles
|
|
|
(7,331)
|
|
|
|
(4,604
|
)
|
|
|
(7,013
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
47,693
|
|
|
$
|
59,519
|
|
|
$
|
368
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On January 1, 2007 the Company adopted the applicable
accounting guidance for accounting for uncertainty in income
taxes . The effect of adopting this revised accounting guidance
was a decrease in the Companys retained earnings of
$2.1 million for interest and penalties. At the date of
adoption the Company had $8.5 million of unrecognized tax
benefits.
The following table summarizes the activity related to the
Companys gross unrecognized tax benefits:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In
millions)
|
|
|
Beginning of the year balance
|
|
$
|
46.5
|
|
|
$
|
12.1
|
|
|
$
|
12.1
|
|
Increases related to tax positions
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
34.9
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
Expiration of the statute of limitations for the assessment of
taxes and release of other tax contingencies
|
|
|
(1.2)
|
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
End of the year balance
|
|
$
|
47.0
|
|
|
$
|
46.5
|
|
|
$
|
12.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The total amount of unrecognized tax positions that would impact
the effective tax rate is approximately $47.0 million at
December 31, 2009. We also accrued potential interest of
$1.6 million, related to these unrecognized tax benefits
during 2009, and in total, as of December 31, 2009, the
Company had recorded liabilities for potential penalties and
interest of $0.9 million and $4.4. million,
respectively. In 2009, the Company reversed $1.2 million of
liability due to the expiration of the statute of limitations,
utilization of net operating losses and the release of a
liability from long term to current taxes payable during the
year. During the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, we
accrued potential interest of $0.8 million and
$0.8 million, potential penalties of $0.2 million and
$0.0 million, and reversed $0.7 million and
$0.5 million of liabilities due to the expiration of the
statute of limitations, respectively. The Company anticipates a
decrease of $3.0 million in unrecognized tax benefits due
to expiration of the statute of limitations within the next
12 months.
The Company files U.S., state, and foreign income tax returns in
jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations during which
such tax returns may be audited and adjusted by the relevant tax
authorities. The 2006 through 2009 tax years generally remain
104
subject to examination by federal and most state tax
authorities. In significant foreign jurisdictions, the 2003
through 2009 tax years generally remain subject to examination
by their respective tax authorities.
The Company anticipates the unrecognized tax benefits may
increase during the year for items that arise in the ordinary
course of business. Such amounts will be reflected as an
increase in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits and an
increase to the current period tax expense. These increases will
be considered in the determination of the Companys annual
effective tax rate. The amount of the unrecognized tax benefit
classified as a long-term tax payable and offset against
deferred tax assets, if recognized, would reduce the annual
income provision.
Pursuant to applicable accounting guidance on accounting for
income taxes, the Company is required to periodically review the
Companys deferred tax assets and determine whether, based
on available evidence, a valuation allowance is necessary. In
2008, the Company released $110.4 million of the valuation
allowance against all of the Companys U.S. and
certain foreign net deferred tax assets, of which
$3.3 million was accounted for as a reduction to goodwill
related to the Entone acquisition. In accordance with applicable
accounting guidance, the Company evaluated the need for a
valuation allowance based on historical evidence, trends in
profitability, expectations of future taxable income and
implemented tax planning strategies. As such, the Company
determined that a valuation allowance was no longer necessary
because, based on the available evidence, the Company concluded
that realization of these net deferred tax assets was more
likely than not. In the event that, in the future, the Company
determines that a valuation allowance is necessary with respect
to the Companys U.S. and certain foreign deferred tax
assets, the Company would incur a charge equal to the amount of
the valuation allowance in the period in which the Company made
such determination, and this could have a material and adverse
impact on the Companys results of operations for such
period. As of December 31, 2009, the Companys
valuation allowance was $18.0 million, which primarily
relates to the Scopus net operating losses, and a portion of the
California tax credits. More specifically, new California tax
legislation enacted on February 20, 2009 provides for the
election of a single sales apportionment formula beginning in
2011. The Company anticipates it will elect the single sales
apportionment method. The use of this apportionment method
reduces the amount of expected future state taxable income which
required the Company to record a valuation allowance against a
portion of its California tax credits.
As of December 31, 2009, the Company had $9.7 million
of federal and $67.9 million of state net operating loss
carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income which
will begin to expire in 2021 and 2014 for federal tax purposes
and for state tax purposes, respectively. As of
December 31, 2009 the Company had foreign net operating
loss carryforwards of $77.0 million which do not expire. As
of December 31, 2009, the portion of the federal net
operating loss carryforwards which relates to stock option
deductions is approximately $3.8 million. As of
December 31, 2009, the portion of state net operating
carryforwards which relates to stock option deductions is
approximately $8.3 million. The Company is tracking the
portion of the Companys deferred tax assets attributable
to stock option benefits in a separate memo account pursuant to
applicable accounting guidance. Therefore, these amounts are no
longer included in the Companys gross or net deferred tax
assets. Pursuant to applicable accounting guidance, the stock
option benefits will only be recorded to equity when they reduce
cash taxes payable.
As of December 31, 2009, the Company had federal and state
tax credits carryovers of approximately $13.5 million and
$15.4 million, respectively, available to offset future
taxable income. The federal credits expire beginning in 2009,
while the state credits will not expire.
Utilization of the Companys net operating loss and tax
credits may be subject to substantial annual limitation due to
the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal
Revenue Code and similar state provisions. Such an annual
limitation could result in the expiration of the net operating
loss before utilization.
U.S. income taxes were not provided for on a cumulative
total of approximately $12.0 million of undistributed
earnings for certain
non-U.S. subsidiaries.
Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax
liability for temporary differences related to investments in
these
non-U.S. subsidiaries
that are essentially permanent in duration is not practicable.
The
105
Company has not provided U.S. income taxes and foreign
withholding taxes on the undistributed earnings of foreign
subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 because the Company
intends to permanently reinvest such earnings outside the
U.S. If these foreign earnings were to be repatriated in
the future, the related U.S. tax liability may be reduced
by any foreign income taxes previously paid on these earnings.
NOTE 15:
SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Company operates its business in one reportable segment,
which is the design, manufacture and sales of versatile and high
performance video infrastructure products and system solutions
that enable the Companys customers to efficiently prepare
and deliver broadcast and on-demand services to televisions,
personal computers and mobile devices, as well as providing
video processing solutions to telecommunications companies, or
telcos, broadcasters and on-line media companies that offer
video services. Operating segments are defined as components of
an enterprise that engage in business activities for which
separate financial information is available and evaluated by the
chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate
resources and assessing performance. The Companys chief
operating decision maker is the Companys Chief Executive
Officer.
The Companys revenue by product sales is summarized as
follows:
Product Sales
Information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
Video Processing
|
|
$
|
135,034
|
|
|
$
|
137,390
|
|
|
$
|
134,744
|
|
Edge and Access
|
|
|
117,355
|
|
|
|
165,246
|
|
|
|
125,270
|
|
Service and Support
|
|
|
39,557
|
|
|
|
33,832
|
|
|
|
28,023
|
|
Software and Other
|
|
|
27,620
|
|
|
|
28,495
|
|
|
|
23,167
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
319,566
|
|
|
$
|
364,963
|
|
|
$
|
311,204
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys revenue by geographic region, based on the
location at which each sale originates, is summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
Net sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
162,023
|
|
|
$
|
205,162
|
|
|
$
|
175,257
|
|
International
|
|
|
157,543
|
|
|
|
159,801
|
|
|
|
135,947
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
319,566
|
|
|
$
|
364,963
|
|
|
$
|
311,204
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
18,015
|
|
|
$
|
12,159
|
|
|
$
|
11,834
|
|
International
|
|
|
7,926
|
|
|
|
3,269
|
|
|
|
2,248
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
25,941
|
|
|
$
|
15,428
|
|
|
$
|
14,082
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Major Customers. To date, a substantial majority of
Harmonics net sales have been to relatively few customers,
and Harmonic expects this customer concentration to continue in
the foreseeable future.
106
In 2009, sales to Comcast accounted for 16% of net sales. In
2008, sales to Comcast and EchoStar accounted for 20% and 12% of
net sales, respectively. In 2007, sales to Comcast and EchoStar
accounted for 16% and 12% of net sales, respectively.
The Companys assets are primarily located within the
United States of America.
NOTE 16:
RELATED PARTY
A director of Harmonic is also a director of JDS Uniphase
Corporation, from whom the Company purchases products used in
the manufacture of the Companys products. Product
purchases from JDS Uniphase were approximately
$0.5 million, $0.9 million and $1.0 million
during 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. As of
December 31, 2009, Harmonic had liabilities to JDS Uniphase
of an insignificant amount.
NOTE 17:
GUARANTEES
Warranties. The Company accrues for estimated warranty costs at
the time of product shipment. Management periodically reviews
the estimated fair value of its warranty liability and adjusts
based on the terms of warranties provided to customers,
historical and anticipated warranty claims experience, and
estimates of the timing and cost of specified warranty claims.
Activity for the Companys warranty accrual, which is
included in accrued liabilities is summarized below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of January 1
|
|
$
|
5,361
|
|
|
$
|
5,786
|
|
|
|
Acquired warranty obligation from Scopus acquisition
|
|
|
2,379
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrual for current period warranties
|
|
|
991
|
|
|
|
4,345
|
|
|
|
Adjustments for preexisting warranties
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
832
|
|
|
|
Warranty costs incurred
|
|
|
(4,545)
|
|
|
|
(5,602
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31
|
|
$
|
4,186
|
|
|
$
|
5,361
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Standby Letters of Credit. As of December 31, 2009
the Companys financial guarantees consisted of standby
letters of credit outstanding, which were principally related to
customs bond requirements, performance bonds and state
requirements imposed on employers. The maximum amount of
potential future payments under these arrangements was
$1.1 million.
Indemnifications. Harmonic is obligated to indemnify its
officers and the members of its Board of Directors pursuant to
its bylaws and contractual indemnity agreements. Harmonic also
indemnifies some of its suppliers and customers for specified
intellectual property matters and other vendors, such as
building contractors, pursuant to certain contractual
arrangements, subject to certain limitations. The scope of these
indemnities varies, but in some instances, includes
indemnification for damages and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys fees). There have been no claims against us for
indemnification pursuant to any of these arrangements and,
accordingly, no amounts have been accrued in respect of the
indemnifications provisions through December 31, 2009.
NOTE 18:
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Commitments Leases. Harmonic leases its facilities
under noncancelable operating leases which expire at various
dates through December 2019. In addition, Harmonic leases
vehicles in several foreign countries under noncancelable
operating leases which expire in 2010. Total lease payments
related to these operating leases were $14.4 million,
$14.0 million and
107
$12.9 million for 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Future
minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases at
December 31, 2009, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
12,208
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
952
|
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
1,685
|
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
4,078
|
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
4,032
|
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
21,473
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
44,428
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009, $5.6 million of these future
lease payments were accrued for as part of accrued excess
facility costs. See Note 5 Restructuring, Excess
Facilities and Inventory Provisions.
Commitments Royalties. Harmonic has licensed
certain technologies from various companies and incorporates
this technology into its own products and is required to pay
royalties usually based on shipment of products. In addition,
Harmonic has obtained research and development grants under
various Israeli government programs that require the payment of
royalties on sales of certain products resulting from such
research. During 2009, 2008 and 2007 royalty expenses were
$2.6 million, $2.4 million and $1.6 million,
respectively.
Purchase Commitments with Contract Manufacturers and
Suppliers. The Company relies on a limited number of
contract manufacturers and suppliers to provide manufacturing
services for a substantial majority of its products. In
addition, some components,
sub-assembly
and modules are obtained from a sole supplier or limited group
of suppliers. During the normal course of business, in order to
reduce manufacturing lead times and ensure adequate component
supply, the Company enters into agreements with certain contract
manufacturers and suppliers that allow them to procure inventory
based upon criteria as defined by the Company.
Commitments Contingencies. Harmonics
industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of
patents and frequent claims and related litigation regarding
patent and other intellectual property rights. In particular,
leading companies in the telecommunications industry have
extensive patent portfolios. From time to time, third parties,
including these leading companies, have asserted and may assert
exclusive patent, copyright, trademark and other intellectual
property rights against us or the Companys customers. Such
assertions and claims arise in the normal course of the
Companys operations. The resolution of assertions and
claims cannot be predicted with certainty. Management believes
that the final outcome of such matters will not have a material
adverse effect on Harmonics business, operating results,
financial position or cash flows.
NOTE 19:
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
On May 15, 2003, a derivative action purporting to be on
the Companys behalf was filed in the Superior Court for
the County of Santa Clara against certain current and
former officers and directors. The derivative action alleged
facts similar to those alleged in the securities class action
filed in 2000 and settled in 2008. The securities class action
alleged that, by making false or misleading statements regarding
Harmonics prospects and customers and its acquisition of
C-Cube, certain defendants violated Sections 10(b) and
20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the
Exchange Act. The complaint in the securities class action
litigation also alleged that certain defendants violated
Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and Sections 11,
12(a)(2), and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, or the
Securities Act, by filing a false or misleading registration
108
statement, prospectus, and joint proxy in connection with the
C-Cube acquisition. On March 20, 2009, the Court hearing
the derivative action granted final approval of a settlement in
connection with the matter, which settlement released
Harmonics officers and directors from all claims brought
in the derivative lawsuit and the Company paid $550,000 for the
plaintiffs attorneys fees.
On July 3, 2003, Stanford University and Litton Systems
filed a complaint in U.S. District Court for the Central
District of California alleging that optical fiber amplifiers
incorporated into certain of Harmonics products infringe
U.S. Patent No. 4859016. This patent expired in
September 2003. The complaint sought injunctive relief,
royalties and damages. On August 6, 2007, the District
Court granted the Companys motion to dismiss. The
plaintiffs appealed this motion and on June 19, 2008 the
U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit issued a
decision which vacated the District Courts decision and
remanded for further proceedings. At a scheduling conference on
September 6, 2008, the judge ordered the parties to
mediation. Following the mediation sessions, Harmonic and Litton
entered into a settlement agreement on January 15, 2009.
The settlement agreement provides that in exchange for a
one-time lump sum payment from Harmonic to Litton of
$5.0 million, Litton (i) will not bring suit against
Harmonic, any of its affiliates, customers, vendors,
representatives, distributors, and its contract manufacturers
for any liability for making, using, offering for sale,
importing,
and/or
selling any Harmonic products that may have incorporated
technology that was alleged to have infringed on one or more of
the relevant patents and (ii) released Harmonic from any
liability for making, using or selling any Harmonic products
that may have infringed on such patents. The Company recorded a
provision of $5.0 million in its selling, general and
administrative expenses for the year ended December 31,
2008. Harmonic paid the settlement amount in January 2009.
An unfavorable outcome on any other litigation matter could
require that Harmonic pay substantial damages, or, in connection
with any intellectual property infringement claims, could
require that we pay ongoing royalty payments or could prevent us
from selling certain of our products. A settlement or an
unfavorable outcome on any other litigation matter could have a
material adverse effect on Harmonics business, operating
results, financial position or cash flows.
Harmonic may be subject to claims that have arisen in the normal
course of business. In the opinion of management the amount of
ultimate liability with respect to these matters in the
aggregate will not have a material adverse effect on the Company
or its operating results, financial position or cash flows.
109
None.
EVALUATION OF
DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures, as
such term is defined in
Rule 13a-15(e)
under the Exchange Act, that are designed to ensure that
information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we
file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed,
summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC
rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and
communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow
timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and
evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management
recognized that disclosure controls and procedures, no matter
how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable,
not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the disclosure
controls and procedures are met. Additionally, in designing
disclosure controls and procedures, our management necessarily
was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the
cost-benefit relationship of possible disclosure controls and
procedures. The design of any disclosure controls and procedures
also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the
likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that
any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all
potential future conditions.
Based on their evaluation as of the end of the period covered by
this Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have
concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were
effective.
MANAGEMENTS
REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING.
Our managements report on our internal control over
financial reporting (as defined in
Rules 13a-15(f)
and
15d-15(f)
under the Exchange Act) and the related attestation report of
our independent registered public accounting firm, are included
on pages 67 and 69 of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
and are incorporated herein by reference.
CHANGES IN
INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING.
There was no change in our internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of fiscal year
2009 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
None.
110
Certain information required by Part III is omitted from
this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
pursuant to Instruction G to Exchange Act
Form 10-K,
and the Registrant will file its definitive Proxy Statement for
its 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, pursuant to
Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the 2010 Proxy Statement), not later than
120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
and certain information included in the 2010 Proxy Statement is
incorporated herein by reference.
Information concerning our directors required by this item will
be set forth in the 2010 Proxy Statement and is incorporated
herein by reference.
Information concerning our executive officers required by this
item is included in Part I, Item 1 hereof under the
caption, Executive Officers of Registrant.
Information relating to compliance with Section 16(a) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 will be set forth in the
2010 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Information concerning our audit committee and our audit
committee financial expert will be set forth in our 2010 Proxy
Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Harmonic has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for
Senior Operational and Financial Leadership (the
Code) which applies to its Chief Executive Officer,
its Chief Financial Officer, its Corporate Controller and other
senior operational and financial management. The Code is
available on the Companys website at www.harmonicinc.com.
Harmonic intends to satisfy the disclosure requirement under
Form 8-K
regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of this
Code of Ethics by posting such information on our website, at
the address specified above, and to the extent required by the
listing standards of the NASDAQ Global Select Market, by filing
a Current Report on
Form 8-K
with the Securities and Exchange Commission disclosing such
information.
The information required by this item will be set forth in the
2010 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Information related to security ownership of certain beneficial
owners and security ownership of management and related
stockholder matters will be set forth in the 2010 Proxy
Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
The information required by this item will be set forth in the
2010 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
111
The information required for this item will be set forth in the
2010 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
|
|
1.
|
Financial Statements. See Index to Consolidated Financial
Statements at Item 8 on page 68 of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
|
|
|
2.
|
Financial Statement Schedules. Financial statement schedules
have been omitted because the information is not required to be
set forth herein, is not applicable or is included in the
financial statements or notes thereto.
|
|
|
3.
|
Exhibits. The documents listed in the Exhibit Index of this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
are filed herewith or are incorporated by reference in this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
in each case as indicated therein.
|
112
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15
(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant,
Harmonic Inc., a Delaware corporation, has duly caused this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Sunnyvale, State of California, on
March 1, 2010.
HARMONIC INC.
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ PATRICK
J. HARSHMAN
|
Patrick J. Harshman
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ PATRICK
J. HARSHMAN
(Patrick
J. Harshman)
|
|
President & Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
March 1, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ ROBIN
N. DICKSON
(Robin
N. Dickson)
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
|
|
March 1, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ LEWIS
SOLOMON
(Lewis
Solomon)
|
|
Chairman
|
|
March 1, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ HAROLD
L. COVERT
(Harold
L. Covert)
|
|
Director
|
|
March 1, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ PATRICK
GALLAGHER
(Patrick
Gallagher)
|
|
Director
|
|
March 1, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ E.
FLOYD KVAMME
(E.
Floyd Kvamme)
|
|
Director
|
|
March 1, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ ANTHONY
J. LEY
(Anthony
J. Ley)
|
|
Director
|
|
March 1, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ WILLIAM
REDDERSEN
(William
Reddersen)
|
|
Director
|
|
March 1, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ DAVID
VAN VALKENBURG
(David
Van Valkenburg)
|
|
Director
|
|
March 1, 2010
|
113
EXHIBIT INDEX
The following Exhibits to this report are filed herewith, or if
marked with a (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii),
(ix), (x), (xi), (xii), (xiii), (xiv), (xv), (xvi), (xvii),
(xviii), (xix), (xx), (xxi), (xxii), (xxiii), (xxiv), (xv)
(xxvi), (xxvii), (xxviii), and (xxix) are incorporated
herein by reference.
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
.1(iii)
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization by and among
C-Cube Microsystems, Inc. and Harmonic Inc. dated October 27,
1999
|
|
3
|
.1(vi)
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of Harmonic Inc. as amended
|
|
3
|
.2(xxiv)
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Harmonic Inc.
|
|
4
|
.1(i)
|
|
Form of Common Stock Certificate
|
|
4
|
.2(vii)
|
|
Preferred Stock Rights Agreement dated July 24, 2002 between
Harmonic Inc. and Mellon Investor Services LLC
|
|
4
|
.3(vii)
|
|
Certificate of Designation of Rights, Preferences and Privileges
of Series A Participating Preferred Stock of Harmonic Inc.
|
|
4
|
.4(i)
|
|
Registration and Participation Rights and Modification Agreement
dated as of July 22, 1994 among Harmonic Inc. and certain
holders of Registrants Common Stock
|
|
10
|
.1(i)*
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement
|
|
10
|
.2(xxiii)*
|
|
1995 Stock Plan
|
|
10
|
.3(i)*
|
|
1995 Director Option Plan and form of Director Option
Agreement
|
|
10
|
.4(ii)
|
|
Business Loan Agreement, Commercial Security Agreement and
Promissory Note dated August 26, 1993, as amended on September
14, 1995, between Harmonic Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank
|
|
10
|
.5(ii)
|
|
Facility lease dated as of January 12, 1996 by and between
Eastrich No. 137 Corporation and Harmonic Inc.
|
|
10
|
.6(viii)*
|
|
1999 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan
|
|
10
|
.7(iv)
|
|
Lease Agreement for 603-611 Baltic Way, Sunnyvale, California
|
|
10
|
.8(iv)
|
|
Lease Agreement for 1322 Crossman Avenue, Sunnyvale, California
|
|
10
|
.9(iv)
|
|
Lease Agreement for 646 Caribbean Drive, Sunnyvale, California
|
|
10
|
.10(iv)
|
|
Lease Agreement for 632 Caribbean Drive, Sunnyvale, California
|
|
10
|
.11(iv)
|
|
First Amendment to the Lease Agreement for 549 Baltic Way,
Sunnyvale, California
|
|
10
|
.12(xxiii)*
|
|
2002 Board Stock Plan
|
|
10
|
.13(xxviii)*
|
|
2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and Form of Subscription
Agreement
|
|
10
|
.14(v)
|
|
Supply License and Development Agreement, dated as of October
27, 1999, by and between C-Cube Microsystems and Harmonic Inc.
|
|
10
|
.15(ix)
|
|
First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security
Agreement by and between Harmonic Inc., as Borrower, and Silicon
Valley Bank, as Lender, dated as of December 16, 2005
|
|
10
|
.16(x)
|
|
Transition Agreement by and between Harmonic Inc. and Anthony
Ley, effective May 5, 2006
|
|
10
|
.17(xi)*
|
|
Change of Control Severance Agreement by and between Harmonic
Inc. and Patrick Harshman, effective May 30, 2006
|
|
10
|
.18(xii)
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger, by and among Harmonic Inc.,
Edinburgh Acquisition Corporation, Entone Technologies, Inc.,
Entone, Inc., Entone Technologies (HK) Limited, Jim Jones, as
stockholders representative, and U.S. Bank, National
Association, as escrow agent, dated as of August 21, 2006
|
|
10
|
.19(xiii)
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and Plan of Merger, by and among
Harmonic Inc., Edinburgh Acquisition Corporation, Entone
Technologies, Inc., Entone, Inc., Entone Technologies (HK)
Limited, Jim Jones, as stockholders representative, and
U.S. Bank, National Association, as escrow agent, dated November
29, 2006
|
114
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.20(xx)
|
|
Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated
December 17, 2004, by and between Harmonic Inc. and Silicon
Valley Bank
|
|
10
|
.21(xiv)
|
|
Amendment No. 2 to the Second Amended and Restated Loan and
Security Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2006, by and
between Harmonic Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank
|
|
10
|
.22(xv)
|
|
Amendment No. 3 to the Second Amended and Restated Loan and
Security Agreement, dated March 15, 2007, by and between
Harmonic Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank
|
|
10
|
.23(xvi)*
|
|
Change of Control Severance Agreement by and between Harmonic
Inc. and Charles Bonasera, effective April 24, 2007
|
|
10
|
.24(xvi)*
|
|
Change of Control Severance Agreement by and between Harmonic
Inc. and Neven Haltmayer, effective April 19, 2007
|
|
10
|
.25(xvii)
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Rhozet Corporation,
Dusseldorf Acquisition Corporation, Harmonic Inc. and David
Trescot, as shareholder representative, dated July 25, 2007
|
|
10
|
.26(xviii)
|
|
Purchase Agreement, dated October 31, 2007, by and between
Harmonic Inc. and Merrill Lynch & Co
|
|
10
|
.27(xix)*
|
|
Change of Control Severance Agreement, dated October 1, 2007,
between Harmonic Inc. and Matthew Aden
|
|
10
|
.28(xx)
|
|
Amendment No. 4 to the Second Amended and Restated Loan and
Security Agreement, dated March 12, 2008, by and between
Harmonic Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank
|
|
10
|
.29(xxv)
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger, by and among Harmonic Inc.,
Sunrise Acquisition Ltd., and Scopus Video Networks Ltd., dated
December 22, 2008
|
|
10
|
.30(xxvi)*
|
|
Harmonic Inc. 2002 Director Stock Plan Restricted Stock
Unit Agreement
|
|
10
|
.31(xxvi)**
|
|
Professional Service Agreement between Harmonic Inc. and Plexus
Services Corp. dated September 22, 2003
|
|
10
|
.32(xxvi)**
|
|
Amendment dated January 6, 2006 to the Professional Services
Agreement for Manufacturing between Harmonic Inc. and Plexus
Services Corp. dated September 22, 2003
|
|
10
|
.33(xxvi)**
|
|
Addendum 1 dated November 26, 2007 to the Professional Services
Agreement between Harmonic Inc. and Plexus Services Corp. dated
September 22, 2003
|
|
10
|
.34(xxi)*
|
|
Change of Control Severance Agreement by and between Harmonic
Inc. and Nimrod Ben-Natan, effective April 11, 2008
|
|
10
|
.35(xxii)*
|
|
Change of Control Severance Agreement by and between Harmonic
Inc. and Robin N. Dickson, effective June 3, 2008
|
|
10
|
.36(xxvii)*
|
|
Harmonic Inc. 1995 Stock Plan Restricted Stock Unit Agreement
|
|
10
|
.37(xxvii)
|
|
Amendment No. 5 to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security
Agreement dated March 4, 2009
|
|
10
|
.38(xxix)
|
|
Lease Agreement between Harmonic Inc. and CRP North First
Street, L.L.C. dated December 15, 2009
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
Subsidiaries of Harmonic Inc.
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
31
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section
302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
31
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section
302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
32
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
32
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or
arrangement relating to executive officers or directors of the
Company. |
|
|
|
i.
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Registration Statement on
Form S-1
No. 33-90752.
|
|
ii.
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1995.
|
|
iii.
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated November 1, 1999.
|
|
iv.
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2000.
|
|
v.
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Registration Statement on
Form S-4
No. 333-33148.
|
|
vi.
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2001.
|
115
|
|
|
vii.
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated July 25, 2002.
|
|
viii.
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Current Report on
Form S-8
dated June 5, 2003.
|
|
ix.
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated December 22, 2005.
|
|
x.
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated May 11, 2006.
|
|
xi.
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated May 31, 2006.
|
|
xii.
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated August 25, 2006.
|
|
xiii.
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2006.
|
|
xiv.
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated December 21, 2006.
|
|
xv.
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated March 22, 2007.
|
|
xvi.
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated April 25, 2007.
|
|
xvii.
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 29, 2007.
|
|
xviii.
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated November 1, 2007.
|
|
xix.
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated November 13, 2007.
|
|
xx.
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Current Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2007.
|
|
xxi.
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated April 16, 2008.
|
|
xxii.
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated June 6, 2008.
|
|
xxiii.
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Current Report on
Form S-8
dated October 23, 2008.
|
|
xxiv.
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated November 10, 2008.
|
|
xxv.
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated December 24, 2008.
|
|
xxvi
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Current Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2008.
|
|
xxvii
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended April 3, 2009.
|
|
xxviii
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Current Report on
Form S-8
dated June 10, 2009.
|
|
xxix
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated December 18, 2009.
|
116